Home

Panasonic KX-UT113X User Guide

1. Category Parameter Name Ref Firmware Update Settings FIRM UPGRADE ENABLE Page 157 FIRM_VERSION Page 157 FIRM UPGRADE AUTO Page 158 FIRM FILE PATH Page 158 Provisioning Settings OPTION66 ENABLE Page 159 OPTION66_ REBOOT Page 159 PROVISION ENABLE Page 159 CFG STANDARD FILE PATH Page 160 CFG PRODUCT FILE PATH Page 160 CFG MASTER FILE PATH Page 161 CFG FILE KEY1 Page 162 CFG FILE KEY2 Page 163 CFG FILE KEY3 Page 163 CFG FILE KEY LENGTH Page 163 CEG CYCLIC Page 163 CEG CYCLIC INTVL Page 164 CFG RTRY INTVL Page 164 CFG RESYNC TIME Page 164 CFG RESYNC FROM SIP Page 165 Management Server Settings ACS URL Page 165 ACS USER ID Page 165 ACS PASS Page 166 PERIODIC INFORM ENABLE Page 166 PERIODIC INFORM INTERVAL Page 166 PERIODIC INFORM TIME Page 166 CON REO USER ID Page 167 CON REO PASS Page 167 1 This setting can also be configured through the Web user interface Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 139 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List Network Settings Category Parameter Name Ref IP Settings CONNECTION TYPE Page 168 HOST NAME Page 168 DHCP DNS ENABLE Page 168 STATIC IP ADDRESS Page 169 STATIC SUBNET Page 169 STATIC GATEWAY Page 170 USER DNS1
2. Parameter Name Requirement Ref TR 069 Parameter Configuration File Parameter TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP SVCDOMAIN n Page 215 i SIP UserAgentDomain TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_SRC_PORT_n Page 214 i SIP UserAgentPort TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile REG EXPIRE TIME n Page 216 i SIP RegisterExpires TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile DSCP_RTP_n Page 202 i SIP DSCPMark TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_TIMER T1 n Page 218 i SIP TimerT1 TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP TIMER T2 n Page 219 i SIP TimerT2 TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_TIMER T4 n Page 219 i SIP TimerT4 TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_TIMER B n Page 230 i SIP TimerB TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_TIMER D n Page 231 i SIP TimerD TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_TIMER F n Page 231 i SIP TimerF TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP TIMER H n Page 231 i SIP TimerH TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_TIMER J n Page 231 i SIP TimerJ TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP INVITE EXPIRE n Page 222 il SIP InviteExpires TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile SIP PRSNC ADDR n Page 223 i SIP EventSubscribe i Notifier TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile SIP_PRSNC_PORT_n Page 223 i SIP EventSubscribe i Notifie
3. Default Value Empty string CFG_RESYNC_FROM_SIP Value Format String Description Specifies the value of the Event header sent from the SIP server to the unit so that the unit can access the configuration files on the provisioning server Value Range Max 15 characters Note s An empty string is not allowed e When the value for this setting is check sync or resync the unit will access the configuration files on the provisioning server when the SIP server sends an event to notify the unit Default Value check sync Web User Interface Reference Header Value for Resync Event Page 133 5 3 6 Management Server Settings ACS_URL Value Format String Description Specifies the URL of the Auto Configuration Server for using TR 069 Value Range Max 256 characters Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Management Server URL Page 133 ACS USER ID Value Format String Description Specifies the user ID for the Auto Configuration Server for using TR 069 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 165 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 6 Management Server Settings Value Range Max 255 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Authentication ID Page
4. File Name Description Specifies the path of the TSV Tab separated Value file to import from the PC Value Range No limitation Note e There are no limitations for the field entry However it is recommended that paths of less than 256 characters be used longer paths may cause longer data transfer times and result in an internal error Default Value Not stored 4 6 7 Export Phonebook This screen allows you to save the phonebook data stored in the unit as a TSV file on a PC For details see 6 1 1 Import Export Operation Note When you begin transferring the phonebook data the Now Processing File Data screen is displayed and the screen is periodically reloaded Click the text HERE in the message to display the Export Phonebook screen again If you do not the Now Processing File Data screen remains displayed even if the export is complete Depending on your Web browser the screen might not reload Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 127 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 1 Firmware Maintenance automatically and you will need to click the text HERE before the timer expires in order for the export operation to function properly e Depending on the security settings of your Web browser pop up menus might be blocked at the time of export The security warning window may be displayed on another screen even if the Pop up Blocker settings are set t
5. 4 3 4 Global Address Detection This screen allows you to configure the Global Address Detection feature and STUN server settings The global IP address of the network the unit is connected to will be detected periodically If the global IP address has changed the new address will be registered to the SIP server 78 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 4 Global Address Detection Note e Ifthe unit is connected directly to the Internet or the network global address is static i e does not change you do not need to configure Global Address Detection Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Global Address Detection Network Global Address Detection Detection Method STUN OSIP Detection Interval 0 second s 10 65535 0 Disable TUN Server STUN Server Address Global Address Detection Static HAPT Settings STUN Server Port 3478 1 65535 4 3 4 1 Global Address Detection Detection Method Description Selects the method to use for detecting the global IP address Value Range e STUN e SIP Default Value STUN Detection Interval Description Specifies the interval in seconds to wait between attempts to detect the global IP address Value Range 0 10 65535 0 Disable Note e When Detection Method is set to SIP the value 0 disables detection an
6. To A Yes To B The number is substituted at y The call is initiated 6 2 1 Dial Plan Settings To set Dial Plan Does the user press ENTER or the key Has Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match been set to Yes The call is initiated The call is denied 1 In the Web user interface click the Telephone tab and then click Call Control Line 1 Line A 2 In Dial Plan enter the desired dial format The dial plan settings can be configured for each line separately Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 243 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 2 1 Dial Plan Settings For details about available characters for the dial format see Available Values for the Dial Plan Field in this section 3 SEN Yes or No for Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match If you select Yes the call will be made even if the user dials a phone number that does not match the dial format in Dial Plan e Ifyou select No the call will be made only if the user dials a phone number that matches the dial format in Dial Plan Note e For details about configuring these settings by configuration file programming see DIAL_PLAN_n and DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE_n in 5 7 1 Call Control Settings Available Values for the Dial Plan Field The following table explains which cha
7. Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the secondary SIP proxy server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 SIP 2NDRGSTR ADDR n Parameter Name Example SIP 2NDRGSTR ADDR 1 SIP 2NDRGSTR ADDR 2 SIP 2NDRGSTR ADDR 4 Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the secondary SIP registrar server Note e This setting is available only when SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_n is specified in IP address notation Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string SIP_2NDRGSTR_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP_2NDRGSTR_PORT_1 SIP_2NDRGSTR_PORT_2 SIP_2NDRGSTR_PORT 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the secondary SIP registrar server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 SIP TIMER T1 n Parameter Name Example SIP TIMER T1 1 SIP TIMER T1 2 SIP TIMER T1 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the default interval in milliseconds between transmissions of SIP messages For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range e 250 e 500 e 1000 e 2000 e 4000 Default Value 500 218 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Web User Interface Reference
8. Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Provisioning Maintenance Firmware Maintenance Enable Provisioning Yes OND EER Standard File URL Provisioning ID Product File URL Management Server Master File URL Cyclic Auto Resync OYes No Resync Interval 10080 minute s 1 40320 Header Value for Resync check sync vent EE 4 7 3 1 Provisioning Maintenance Enable Provisioning Description Selects whether the unit is automatically configured by downloading the configuration files from the provisioning server of your phone system Note Downloading configuration files using TR 069 can be performed regardless of this setting Value Range e Yes es No Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference PROVISION_ENABLE Page 159 Standard File URL Description Specifies the URL of the standard configuration file which is used when every unit needs different settings Note s When you change this setting set Enable Provisioning to Yes at the same time Value Range Max 500 characters Default Value Not stored Note s The URL specified by your phone system dealer may be preset in the unit Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 131 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 3 Provisioning Maintenance Configuration File Reference CFG STANDARD FILE PATH Page 160 Product Fi
9. Value Range IP address Default Value Current IP address Subnet Mask Description Indicates the specified subnet mask for the unit reference only Value Range Subnet mask Default Value Current subnet mask Default Gateway Description Indicates the specified IP address of the default gateway for the network reference only Note e Ifthe default gateway address is not specified this field will be left blank Value Range IP address of the default gateway Default Value Not applicable DNS1 68 Description Indicates the specified IP address of the primary DNS server reference only Note e Ifthe primary DNS server address is not specified this field will be left blank Value Range IP address of the primary DNS server Default Value Not applicable Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 2 3 VoIP Status DNS2 Description Indicates the specified IP address of the secondary DNS server reference only Note e Ifthe secondary DNS server address is not specified this field will be left blank Value Range IP address of the secondary DNS server Default Value Not applicable 4 2 3 VoIP Status This screen allows you to view the current VoIP status of each line s unit Clicking Ref
10. Configuration File Reference CODEC_ENABLEx_n Page 201 G729A Priority Description Specifies the numerical order usage priority for the G 729A codec Value Range 1 255 Default Value 1 Configuration File Reference CODEC_PRIORITYx_n Page 201 PCMU Enable Description Selects whether to enable the PCMU codec for voice data transmission Value Range e Yes e No Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference CODEC_ENABLEx_n Page 201 PCMU Priority 108 Description Specifies the numerical order usage priority for the PCMU codec Value Range 1 255 Default Value 1 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 1 Call Control Configuration File Reference CODEC PRIORITYX n Page 201 4 6 Telephone This section provides detailed descriptions about all the settings classified under the Telephone tab 4 6 1 Call Control This screen allows you to configure various call features that are common to all lines Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Call Control Call Control E 5 Send SUBSCRIBE to Voice Mail Server EKS Conference Server URI Inter digit Timeout 5 seconds Timer for Dial Plan 5 seconds International Call Prefix Country Caling Code National Ac
11. Value Range Max 500 characters Note e The format must be RFC 1738 compliant as follows lt schema gt lt user gt lt password gt lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt lt user gt must be less than 128 characters lt password gt must be less than 128 characters lt user gt lt password gt may be empty The total of lt schema gt and lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt must be less than 245 characters lt port gt can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number s If macl is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units MAC address in lower case s If MAC is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case e If MODEL is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units model name s H fwver is included in this URL it will be replaced with FIRM VERSION depending on the system Note that this rule differs from other parameters such as SIP USER AGENT 158 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Firmware File URL Page 129 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings OPTION66_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the unit to look
12. Value Range Max 127 characters IP address in dotted decimal notation or FQDN Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference NTP Server Address Page 87 NTP_PORT Value Format Integer Description Specifies the port number of the NTP server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 123 TIME_SYNC_INTVL Value Format Integer 176 Description Specifies the interval in seconds to resynchronize after having detected no reply from the NTP server Value Range 10 86400 Default Value 60 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 6 STUN Settings TIME GUERY INTVL Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval in seconds between synchronizations with the NTP server Value Range 10 86400 Default Value 43200 Web User Interface Reference Synchronization Interval Page 87 5 4 6 STUN Settings STUN_SERV_ADDR Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the STUN server Value Range Max 127 characters IP address in dotted decimal notation or FQDN Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference STUN Server Address Page 79 STUN_SERV_PORT Value Format Integer Description Specifies the port n
13. Configuration File Reference NOM_DELAY_n Page 203 4 5 4 4 DTMF DTMF Type Description Selects the method for transmitting DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency tones Value Range e Outband es Inband Note e Ifyou select Outband DTMF tones will be sent through SDP Session Description Protocol compliant with RFC 2833 If you select Inband DTMF tones will be encoded in the RTP stream Default Value Outband Configuration File Reference OUTBANDDTMF_n Page 206 4 5 4 5 Call Hold Supports RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 Description Selects whether to enable the RFC 2543 Call Hold feature on this line Value Range e Yes es No Note e Ifyou select Yes the c 0 0 0 0 syntax will be set in SDP when sending a re INVITE message to hold the call If you select No the c x x x x syntax will be set in SDP Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference RFC2543 HOLD ENABLE n Page 207 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 4 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 4 5 4 6 CODEC Preferences G722 Enable Description Selects whether to enable the G 722 codec for voice data transmission Value Range e Yes es No Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference CODEC_ENABLEx_n Page 201 G722 Priority Description Spe
14. Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP proxy server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Web User Interface Reference Proxy Server Port Page 94 SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_n Parameter Name Example SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_1 SIP_RGSTR_ADDR 2 SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_4 Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the SIP registrar server Value Range Max 127 characters IP address in dotted decimal notation or FQDN Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Registrar Server Address Page 93 SIP_RGSTR_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP RGSTR PORT 1 SIP RGSTR PORT 2 SIP RGSTR PORT 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP registrar server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Web User Interface Reference Registrar Server Port Page 93 SIP_SVCDOMAIN_n Parameter Name Example SIP SVCDOMAIN 1 SIP_SVCDOMAIN 2 SIP_SVCDOMAIN A Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 215 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Value Format String Description Specifies the domain name provided by your phone system dealer The domain name is the part of the SIP URI that comes after the symbol Va
15. lt gt and space Default Value Empty string Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 167 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 1 IP Settings 5 4 Network Settings 5 4 1 IP Settings CONNECTION_TYPE Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether to assign the IP address automatically DHCP or manually static Note e This setting is available only when NW SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range e 1 DHCP 0 Static Default Value 1 Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Web User Interface Reference Connection Mode Page 71 HOST_NAME Value Format String Description Specifies the host name for the unit to send to the DHCP server Note e This setting is available only when CONNECTION_TYPE is set to A T Value Range Max 63 characters Note An empty string is not allowed s If MODEL is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the unit s model name Default Value MODEL Web User Interface Reference Host Name Page 71 DHCP DNS ENABLE Value Format Boolean 168 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 1 IP Settings Description Specifies whether
16. Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of the hold tone using up to 10 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 190 190 190 3390 BELL_CORE_PATTERN1_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the cadence in milliseconds of pattern ID 1 described in the LSSGR GR 506 CORE Signaling for Analog Interfaces section 14 using up to 8 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by a comma Value Range 0 5000 0 Infinite time Default Value 2000 4000 BELL_CORE_PATTERN2_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the cadence in milliseconds of pattern ID 2 described in the LSSGR GR 506 CORE Signaling for Analog Interfaces section 14 using up to 8 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 5000 0 Infinite time Default Value 800 400 800 4000 BELL_CORE_PATTERN3_ TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 193 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 3 Telephone Settings Description Specifies the cadence in milliseconds of pattern ID 3 described in the LSSGR GR 506 C
17. Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 169 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 1 IP Settings Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Web User Interface Reference Subnet Mask Page 73 STATIC_GATEWAY Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the default gateway for the network where the unit is connected Note e This setting is available only when CONNECTION_TYPE is set to 0 and when wu SETTING ENABLE is set to N e When you specify this parameter you must specify STATIC IP ADDRESS and STATIC SUBNET together in a configuration file Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string Phone User Interface Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Reference Web User Interface Reference Default Gateway Page 73 USER_DNS1_ADDR Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the primary DNS server Note e This setting is available only when CONNECTION_TYPE is set to 0 and when wu SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Un
18. Web User Interface Reference RTP Packet Time Page 102 RTCP_ENABLE_n Parameter Name Example RTCP_ENABLE 1 RTCP_ENABLE 2 RTCP_ENABLE A Value Format Boolean Description Selects whether to enable or disable RTCP Real Time Transport Control Protocol For details refer to RFC 3550 Value Range Y Enable RTCP N Disable RTCP Default Value N Web User Interface Reference RTCP Enable Page 104 RTCP SEND BY SDP n Parameter Name Example RTCP SEND BY SDP 1 RTCP SEND BY SDP _2 RTCP SEND BY SDP A Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether to send RTCP signals by SDP Session Description Protocol Value Range 0 1 0 Send RTCP signals using the value specified in RTCP_INTVL_n 1 Send RTCP signals using the value specified in the SDP attribute a rtcp Default Value RTP_CLOSE_ENABLE_n Parameter Name Example RTP_CLOSE_ENABLE_1 RTP_CLOSE_ENABLE_2 RTP_CLOSE ENABLE A Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable processing to close held RTP sockets Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 205 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 3 Miscellaneous VolP Settings Value Range e y Enable RTP Close e N Disable RTP Close Default Value Y 5 6 3 Miscellaneous V
19. e If Do Not Disturb has been enabled on the server the server rejects incoming calls and the unit does not receive any calls even if you have selected No for this setting e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range e Yes e No Default Value No 4 6 2 4 Call Forward Unconditional Enable Call Forward Description Selects whether to forward all incoming calls to a specified destination Note s If Do Not Disturb has been enabled on the server the server rejects incoming calls and the unit does not receive any calls even if you have selected Yes for this setting e Ifyou have selected Yes for this setting and Call Forward has been enabled on the server but the forwarding destinations differ incoming calls are forwarded to the destination set on the server e If Call Forward has been enabled on the server incoming calls are forwarded to the destination set on the server even if you have selected No for this setting e You can synchronize the Do Not Disturb and Call Forward settings from the Web user interface see Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward in 4 6 2 1 Call Control or through configuration file programming see FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE n in 5 7 1 Call Control Setting
20. 5 5 4 Miscellaneous Telephone Settings 5 5 4 Miscellaneous Telephone Settings ADJDATA GAIN Value Format String Description Specifies the gain in decibels of 30 separate acoustic settings Each setting is denoted by a 2 digit hexadecimal number Enter the change in gain from the default value for each setting Enter 00 if you do not want to change the setting Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 197 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 4 Miscellaneous Telephone Settings Value Range 06 6dB 05 5dB 04 4dB 03 3dB 02 2dB 01 1dB 00 No change FF 1dB FE 2dB FD 3dB FC 4dB FB 5dB FA 6dB Note e Itis necessary to specify 2 digits for each of the 30 acoustic settings i e a total of 60 digits in succession Even if you are not changing a value you must enter 00 The digit order offset of each setting is as follows 00 Handset Sending Level Wide Band 02 Handset Sending Level Narrow Band 04 Handset Receiving Level Wide Band 06 Handset Receiving Level Narrow Band 08 Handset Sidetone Level Wide Band 10 Handset Sidetone Level Narrow Band 12 EHS Sending Level Wide Band 14 EHS Sending Level Narrow Band 16 EHS Receiving Level Wide Band 18 EHS Receiving Level Narrow Band 20 Handset Sidetone Level Wide Band 22 Handset Sideto
21. ADD EXPIRES HEADER 1 ADD EXPIRES HEADER 2 ADD_EXPIRES HEADER 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to add an Expires header to REGISTER adds an expires parameter to the Contact header Value Range Y Add Expires Header N Do not add Expires Header Default Value Y SIP_HOLD_HOLDRECEIVE_n Parameter Name Example SIP HOLD HOLDRECEIVE 1 SIP HOLD HOLDRECEIVE 2 SIP HOLD HOLDRECEIVE 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to allow re INVITE for calls on hold Value Range Y Enable SIP Hold Receive N Disable SIP Hold Receive Default Value Y SIP ADD DIVERSION n Parameter Name Example SIP ADD DIVERSION 1 SIP ADD DIVERSION 2 SIP ADD DIVERSION 4 Value Format Integer Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Description Specifies whether to add Diversion header information Value Range 0 2 0 Do not add Diversion header information 1 Use own diversion information only for the Diversion header 2 Add diversion information to existing Diversion header Default Value 1 SIP_RESPONSE_CODE_DND Value Format Integer Description Selects the response code when a call is received in Do Not Disturb
22. Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of stutter dial tones to notify that a voice mail is waiting using up to 22 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note e Itis recommended that you set a value of 560 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time 124 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 5 Telephone Settings Default Value 560 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 0 100 100 100 100 100 0 Configuration File Reference DIAL TONE4 TIMING Page 187 4 6 4 5 Reorder Tone Tone Frequencies Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of reorder tones using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 480 620 Configuration File Reference REORDER_TONE_FRQ Page 189 Tone Timings Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of reorder tones using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note e Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 60 250 190 Configuration File Reference REORDER_TONE_TIMING Page 189 4 6 5 Telephone S
23. Not stored Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 73 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 2 Ethernet Port Settings Phone User Interface Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Reference Configuration File Reference USER_DNS1_ADDR Page 170 DNS2 Description Specifies the IP address of the secondary DNS server Note This setting is available only when Connection Mode is set to Static Value Range Max 15 characters n n n n n 0 255 except 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 127 0 0 1 etc Default Value Not stored Phone User Interface Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Reference Configuration File Reference USER_DNS2_ADDR Page 170 4 3 2 Ethernet Port Settings This screen allows you to change the connection mode of the Ethernet ports and the VLAN settings Note e When you change the settings on this screen and click Save after the message Complete has been displayed the unit will restart automatically with the new settings applied If a unit is on a call when Complete has been displayed the unit will restart after the unit returns to idle Incorrect settings may cause a network failure In such a case you cannot access the Web user interface anymore To access it again you need to correct the speed duplex settings or perform IP Reset through phone user interface programming
24. Parameter Name Example PHONE NUMBER 1 PHONE NUMBER 2 PHONE NUMBER A Value Format String Description Specifies the phone number to use as the user ID reguired for registration to the SIP registrar server Note s When registering using a user ID that is not a phone number you should use the SIP_URI_n setting Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Phone Number Page 93 SIP URI n Parameter Name Example SIP URI 1 SIP URI 2 SIP URI 4 Value Format String 212 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Description Specifies the unique ID used by the SIP registrar server which consists of sip a user part the symbol and a host part for example sip conference example com Note When registering using a user ID that is not a phone number you should use this setting s InaSIP URI the user part conference in the example above can contain up to 63 characters and the host part example com in the example above can contain up to 127 characters Value Range Max 195 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference SIP URI Page 93 LINE_ENABLE_n Parameter Name Example LINE_ENA
25. You can export the phonebook data to the PC edit the exported file using appropriate software and then import it into the unit Microsoft Excel Importing Address Book Data from a PC You can import address book data stored in programs such as Microsoft Outlook messaging and collaboration client into the unit First export address book data from the e mail software to a program such as Microsoft Excel edit it as necessary and then import the exported data into the unit For details about the operation see 6 1 3 Exporting Data from Microsoft Outlook Phonebook data Microsoft Microsoft Excel Outlook Backing up Phonebook Data You can export the phonebook data from the unit to a PC and keep the file as a backup in case of data loss or for use when exchanging the unit Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 1 Phonebook Import and Export Importing the Same Phonebook Data to other Units You can export the phonebook data created on a unit to a PC and then import it into other units Phonebook Phonebook Microsoft data Excel Import Export File Format The file format used for importing and exporting the phonebook data is TSV When importing or exporting using Microsoft Excel CSV Comma separated Value is generally used as the file format A phonebook entry in the unit has 9 fields An entry in the phon
26. 0800 088 4846 5 5 3 Telephone Settings Description Selects the language to use for the menus and display items on the phone Value Range Only the following values are available en GB English UK de German fr France it Italia es Spain nl Netherlands sv Sweden da Denmark pt Portugal ru Russia el Greece pl Poland cs Czech sk Slovakia hu Hungary hr Croatia uk Ukraine en US English US fr CA France Canadian Default Value en US EXTENSION_PIN Value Format String Description Specifies the PIN Personal Identification Number of the extension This is used to lock access to the call log and phonebook list For details refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site gt see Introduction Value Range Max 10 digits consisting of 0 9 Default Value 0000000000 Web User Interface Reference Extension PIN Page 126 POUND_KEY_DELIMITER_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether the key is treated as a regular dialed digit or a delimiter when dialed as or after the second digit Value Range e yY is treated as the end of dialing delimiter e N is treated as a regular dialed digit Default Value Y 196 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846
27. 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Configuration File Reference SIP_RGSTR_PORT_n Page 215 Proxy Server Address Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the SIP proxy server Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_PRXY_ADDR_n Page 214 Proxy Server Port Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP proxy server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Configuration File Reference SIP_PRXY_PORT_n Page 215 Presence Server Address Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the SIP presence server Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_PRSNC_ADDR_n Page 223 Presence Server Port 94 Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP presence server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Configuration File Reference SIP_PRSNC_PORT_n Page 223 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 4 5 2 3 Outbound Proxy Server Outbound Proxy Server Address Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the SI
28. Configuration File Reference NUMBER MATCHING LOWER DIGIT Page 194 Number Matching Upper Digit Description Specifies the maximum number of digits with which to match a phonebook entry with an incoming call s caller ID To specify exact matching of entire numbers only specify 0 Value Range 0 15 Default Value 10 Configuration File Reference NUMBER MATCHING UPPER DIGIT Page 195 126 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 7 Export Phonebook 4 6 6 Import Phonebook This screen allows you to import phonebook data from a PC to the specified unit For details see 6 1 1 Import Export Operation Note If the existing phonebook data has an entry with the same name and phone number as an imported entry the imported entry is not added as a new entry s When you begin transferring the phonebook data the Now Processing File Data screen is displayed and the screen is periodically reloaded Depending on your Web browser the screen might not reload automatically and you will need to click the text HERE before the timer expires in order for the import operation to function properly Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Web Port Close Import Phonebook File Name Telephone Telephone Settings Import Phonebook I 4 6 6 1 Import Phonebook
29. Detection Enable Global IP Address Usage per Line Static HAPT Settings Line 1 OYes No Line 2 OYes No Line 3 OYes No Line 4 OYes ONn External RTP Port 0 o 0 0 In 0 o o 0 o 0 o o 0 In Channel 1 25 0 0 o o D 0 o a o 0 1024 49150 Even Number Only 0 Disable Set a value for all fields or set all fields to 0 disable Save Cancel 4 3 5 1 Global IP Address Global IP Address Description Specifies the global IP address of your network Note e You must enter a value in this field if at least 1 of Line 1 Line 4 is set to Yes or when port numbers are specified in Channel 1 25 e The available line number and the channel number vary depending on the type of the unit being used e The global IP address will reflect SIP messages and RTP packets 80 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 5 Static NAPT Settings Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation n n n n n0 255 Max 15 digits Default Value Not stored 4 3 5 2 Enable Global IP Address Usage per Line Line 1 Line 4 Description Selects whether to enable the NAT Traversal feature for each line Note e The number of lines available varies depending on the phone being used as follows KX UT113 KX UT123 1 2 KX UT133 KX UT136 1 4 Val
30. Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Configuration File Reference STATIC Ip ADDRESS Page 169 Subnet Mask Description Specifies the subnet mask for the unit Note e This setting is available only when Connection Mode is set to Static Value Range Max 15 characters n n n n n 0 255 except 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 127 0 0 1 etc Default Value Not stored Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Configuration File Reference STATIC_SUBNET Page 169 Default Gateway Description Specifies the IP address of the default gateway for the network where the unit is connected Note e This setting is available only when Connection Mode is set to Static Value Range Max 15 characters n n n n n 0 255 except 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 127 0 0 1 etc Default Value Not stored Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Configuration File Reference STATIC_GATEWAY Page 170 DNS1 Description Specifies the IP address of the primary DNS server Note This setting is available only when Connection Mode is set to Static Value Range Max 15 characters n n n n n 0 255 except 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 127 0 0 1 etc Default Value
31. SIP proxy server SIP outbound proxy server or SIP presence server Default Value Y Web User Interface Reference Enable DNS SRV lookup Page 96 SIP_UDP_SRV_PREFIX_n Parameter Name Example SIP_UDP_SRV_PREFIX_1 SIP_UDP_SRV_PREFIX_2 SIP_UDP_SRV_PREFIX_4 Value Format String Description Specifies a prefix to add to the domain name when performing a DNS SRV lookup using UDP Note e This setting is available only when SIP_DNSSRV_ENA_n is set to Y Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value _sip _udp Web User Interface Reference SRV lookup Prefix for UDP Page 97 SIP_TCP_SRV_PREFIX_n Parameter Name Example SIP_TCP_SRV_PREFIX_1 SIP_TCP_SRV_PREFIX_2 SIP TCP SRV PREFIX 4 Value Format String Description Specifies a prefix to add to the domain name when performing a DNS SRV lookup using TCP Note e This setting is available only when SIP_DNSSRV_ENA_n is set to Y Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value _Sip _tcp Web User Interface Reference SRV lookup Prefix for TCP Page 97 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 221 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings SIP_100REL_ENABLE_n Parameter Name Example SIP_100REL_ENABLE 1 SIP_100REL ENABLE 2 SIP_100REL_ ENABLE A Value Form
32. Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance VoIP Settings Line 1 Quality of Service QoS RTP Packet QoS DSCP 0 0 63 RTCP Enable OYes No RTCP Interval 5 seconds 5 65535 Jitter Buffer Maximum Delay 20 3 50 Minimum Delay 2 1 2 Initial Delay 2 1 7 DTMF Type Outband O Inband a BEE Ges ONo Enable Yes ONo G722 Priority 1 1 255 Enable OYes OND TEKA Priority a 255 Enable Yes ON 4 5 4 1 Quality of Service QoS RTP Packet QoS DSCP Description Selects the DSCP level of DiffServ applied to RTP packets Value Range 0 63 Default Value 0 Configuration File Reference DSCP_RTP_n Page 202 4 5 4 2 Statistical Information RTCP Enable Description Selects whether to enable or disable RTCP Real Time Transport Control Protocol For details refer to RFC 3550 Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No 104 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Administrator Guide Document Version 4 5 4 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Configuration File Reference RTCP_ENABLE_n Page 205 RTCP Interval Description Specifies the interval in seconds between RTCP packets Value Range 5 65535 Default Value 5 Configuration File Reference RTCP_INTVL_n Page 202 4 5 4 3 Jitter Buffer Maximum Delay Description Specifies the maximu
33. This setting can also be configured through phone user interface programming System Access Menu Item Section Title Setting Level Ref U A Web Language Web Language Language v v Page 82 Administrator Change Administrator Current Password v Page 83 Password Password New Password J Page 83 Confirm New Password v Page 83 Change User Change User Password Current Password v Page 84 Fo edel New Password v Page 84 Confirm New Password v v Page 85 Web Server Web Server Settings Web Server Port v Page 85 pungs Port Close Timer v Page 86 58 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List Access kl Menu Item Section Title Setting Level Ref U A Time Adjust Synchronization Enable Synchronization by vs v Page 87 Settings NTP Synchronization Interval ve vw Page 87 Time Server NTP Server Address vo vw Page 87 Time Zone Time Zone ve vw Page 87 Daylight Saving Time Enable DST Enable Summer Vv v Page 88 Summer Time Time DST Offset Summer Time ve vw Page 88 Offset Start Day and Time of Month ve vw Page 88 DST Start Day and Time of Summer Time Day of Week gi id Page 68 Time v3 4 Page 89 End Day and Time of Month ve vw Page 89 DST End Day and Time of Summer Time Day o
34. Value Format Integer Description Specifies the offset of local standard time from UTC GMT in minutes Value Range 720 780 Note Only the following values are available 720 GMT 12 00 660 GMT 11 00 600 GMT 10 00 540 GMT 09 00 480 GMT 08 00 420 GMT 07 00 360 GMT 06 00 300 GMT 05 00 240 GMT 04 00 210 GMT 03 30 180 GMT 03 00 120 GMT 02 00 60 GMT 01 00 0 GMT 60 GMT 01 00 120 GMT 02 00 180 GMT 03 00 210 GMT 03 30 240 GMT 04 00 270 GMT 04 30 300 GMT 05 00 330 GMT 05 30 345 GMT 05 45 360 GMT 06 00 390 GMT 06 30 420 GMT 07 00 480 GMT 08 00 540 GMT 09 00 570 GMT 09 30 600 GMT 10 00 660 GMT 11 00 720 GMT 12 00 780 GMT 13 00 e Ifyour location is west of Greenwich 0 GMT the value should be minus For example the value for New York City U S A is 300 Eastern Standard Time being 5 hours behind GMT e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified e Fe ro wa Default Value 0 Web User Interface Reference Time Zone Page 87 DST_ENABLE Value Format Boolean 150 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 2 System Time Settings Description Specifies whether to enable DST Summer Time Note e T
35. file name for KX UT113 users will be tftp 192 168 0 130 KX UT113 cfg Step 3 The URL of the server where the configuration file for provisioning is stored provisioning server is set AA http provisioning example com to the unit ORE Panasonic Config0080F0123456 cfg http provisioning example com Panasonic Config MAC cfg KX UT136 cfg Step 4 The unit will display a message indicating EA ae sk pre provisioning is complete d less g Complete Pre Provisioning a 2689559 N Step 5 When the message is displayed turn off the units power then turn it back on ks The unit may restart automatically depending on the a FT ii configuration file programming see es Config0080F0123456 cfg OPTION66_REBOOT in 5 3 5 Provisioning SIP Phone Provisioning Settings Server When the unit is distributed to end users and started up in real circumstances provisioning will be performed correctly http provisioning example com Panasonic Config0080F0123456 cfg Note This example describes the case when only one unit is connected However multiple units can be configured through the same procedure without changing any settings because the MAC address is specified by the MAC macro Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 35 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 3 Configuration File 2 2 Provisioning 2 2 1 What is Provisioning After pre provis
36. indicates this parameter is for line 1 FE E FE HE AE HE E FE HE AE E AE FE FE HH FE FE FE E FE FE FE FE FE FE AE FE FE FE FE FE FE E RR FE FE E FE FE FE FE FE FE FE RR RR E FE HE HEHE HEHE SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_1 registrar example com IP Address or FQDN of SIP registrar server e SIP PRXY ADDR 1 proxy example com IP Address or FODN of proxy server Enables DNS SRV lookup SIP DNSSRV ENA 1 Y ID password for SIP authentication SIP AUTHID 1 SIP User SIP PASS 1 SIP Password Some Timer Settings Expiration time of SIP registration 1 hour REG EXPIRE TIME 1 3600 Disables SIP Session Timer RFC 4028 SIP SESSION TIME 1 O DTMF will be sent through SDP according to RFC 2833 OUTBANDDTMF_1 Y FE HE HE HE FE HE HE HE HE HE HE HE FE HE HE FE HE HE HE FE HE HE HE FE HH FE FE HE E FE FE HE HE FE FE HE HE FE FE HE REEN SKREE SKEER EH HEE Call Control Settings FE HE HE HE FE HE HE HE HE HE HE FE FE HE E FE HE HE E FE HE HE FE FE FE HE FE FE HE E HE FE HE E FE FE HE FE FE FE HE FE FE FE HE E FE FE HE HE FE HE HE HE HE HH HE HE HHHH Enables subscription to the Voice Mail server VM SUBSCRIBE ENABLE y Shared Call Settings SHARED CALL ENABLE 1 Y Disables Do Not Disturb Call Forward synchronization FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE 1 N Administrator Guide Document Version www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2011 06 Section 3 Phone User I
37. mode Value Range 400 699 Default Value 403 SIP_RESPONSE_CODE_CALL_REJECT Value Format Integer Description Selects the response code when a call is rejected Value Range 400 699 Default Value 603 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 233 5 7 2 SIP Settings 234 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Section 6 Useful Telephone Functions This section explains phone number settings dial plan and phonebook import export function Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 235 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 1 Phonebook Import and Export 6 1 Phonebook Import and Export 236 This section explains how to import and export phonebook data Phonebook data of the unit includes names and phone numbers Phonebook data on the unit can be exported edited with editor tools and imported again In addition phonebook data created with other software can be imported into the unit You can use the phonebook import and export functions as follows Editing Phonebook Data on a PC The phonebook data stored on the unit can be edited using a program such as Microsoft Excel spreadsheet software For details about the operation see 6 1 2 Editing with Microsoft Excel
38. rport parameter to the top Via header field value of reguests generated For details refer to RFC 3581 Value Range e Yes e No Default Value No Configuration File Reference SIP ADD RPORT n Page 225 4 5 2 13 Security Enable SSAF SIP Source Address Filter Description Selects whether to enable SSAF SIP Source Address Filter for the SIP servers registrar server proxy server and presence server Value Range e Yes es No Note e Ifyou select Yes the unit receives SIP messages only from the source addresses stored in the SIP servers registrar server proxy server and presence server and not from other addresses However if Outbound Proxy Server Address in 4 5 2 3 Outbound Proxy Server is specified the unit also receives SIP messages from the source address stored in the SIP outbound proxy server Default Value No Configuration File Reference SIP_DETECT_SSAF_n Page 230 4 5 3 VoIP Settings This screen allows you to change the VoIP settings that are common to all lines Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance VoIP Settings RTP Settings RTP Packet Time 20 milliseconds Minimum RTP Port Number 16000 1024 48750 Even Number Only Maximum RTP Port Number 20000 1424 49150 Even Number Only Telephone event Payload Type 101 96 127 EI Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 101 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetv
39. 0800 088 4846 HOLD ALARM FRO 5 5 2 Tone Settings Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of the hold alarm using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 425 HOLD ALARM GAIN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of the hold alarm Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 HOLD_ALARM_RPT Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether the hold alarm is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 1 HOLD_ALARM_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of the hold alarm using up to 10 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 120 14880 CW_TONE1_FRQ Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of call waiting tone 1 using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 425 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 191 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 2 Tone Settings CW TONE1 GAIN Val
40. 1 SIP Settings Time Description Specifies the end time of DST Summer Time in minutes after 12 00 AM Value Range 0 1439 Default Value 120 Configuration File Reference DST_STOP_TIME Page 154 4 5 VoIP This section provides detailed descriptions about all the settings classified under the VoIP tab 4 5 1 SIP Settings This screen allows you to change the SIP settings that are common to all lines Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance SIP Settings SIP User Agent Panasonic_ MODELY fwver mar Line 1 4 5 1 1 SIP Setting SIP User Agent Description Specifies the text string to send as the user agent in the headers of SIP messages Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 91 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Value Range Max 40 characters Note You cannot leave this field empty e If mac is included in this field it will be replaced with the units MAC address in lower case e If MAC is included in this field it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case s If MODEL is included in this field it will be replaced with the unit s model name e If fwver is included in this field it will be replaced with the firmware version of the unit Panasonic_ MODEL fwver mac SIP_USER_AGENT Page 2
41. 11 SIP extensiOns e ade a ieaiaia iiaia AeA EAA AA AERE EA EATER ENARE EEAS 100 Supports 100rel RFC 3262 ME N AE ENE MEE 100 Supports Session Timer RFC AO 100 4 5 2 12 Klee Le LEE 100 Keep Alive Internal 100 Supports Rport RFC 2881 101 4 5 2 13 Ny EE ME EE OE AA N AE 101 Enable SSAF SIP Source Address Filter AAA 101 4 5 3 de eae le ie AR SA OE OR vant em PRET Pre rer N EE AE Men ner Ferre ON 101 4 5 3 1 RIP ul ER OE AE EE EE EE AE N N EE alae 102 RTP Packet Time crnina ee ee AA haia AA AA AA AA AA RA AA RA AA Re AAR AAR Ee AR ee Re Re ee 102 Minimum RTP Port Number iese sees eek AAR AAR EA ER RE GR EER Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 102 Maximum RTP Port Number 102 Telephione event Payload Type E 103 4 5 4 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 ee RA AA AAR AAR RR RE Ge ee ee ee 104 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents 4 5 4 1 Dusliy of Service E 104 RTP Packet QoS DC 104 4 5 4 2 Statistical Information ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee EE ee 104 RTEP Enable stage se be ee Ee ee ae ge ee ie Ge ea ee A 104 RTOP Interval oo ees esse ee se ees ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Re ee ee Ennan nanen 105 4 5 4 3 diet DUOT er RE PP Nn oa OE 105 Maximum Delay cadence EE N RERIG EE EE aaRS 105 Minimum Delay EER EE RE Ee ER Se RE EE Ee 105 DEI EE NE OR EE
42. 155 256 SYSLOG ADDR 156 SYSLOG EVENT CFG 155 SYSLOG EVENT SIP 155 SYSLOG EVENT TEL 156 SYSLOG EVENT VOIP 156 SYSLOG PORT 156 SYSLOG_RTPSMLY_INTVL_n 157 System 58 System Settings 138 149 System Tab 58 82 System Time Settings 138 150 T T1 Timer 98 T2 Timer 98 Tab separated Value TSV 127 237 239 TALK PACKAGE 182 TCP IP Settings 16 TCP IP Settings DHCP or Static IP Address Assignment 16 Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Index Technical Support 2 Telephone 62 Telephone Settings 125 126 141 143 179 194 Telephone Tab 62 109 Telephone event Payload Type 103 TELEVENT_PAYLOAD 206 Terminal No 52 Terminal Number Settings 52 TFTP Server 32 33 159 Time 89 91 Time Adjust Settings 86 140 176 Time Server 87 Time Zone 87 TIME_QUERY_INTVL 177 TIME_SYNC_INTVL 176 TIME ZONE 150 Timer B 98 Timer D 99 Timer F 99 Timer for Dial Plan 110 Timer H 99 Timer J 99 Timer Settings 98 Timing of Downloading 38 Tone Frequencies 122 123 124 125 Tone Settings 122 142 185 Tone Timings 123 124 125 TONE LEN DISCONNECT HANDSET 184 TONE LEN DISCONNECT HANDSFREE 184 TR 069 41 Trademarks 2 Transport Protocol 97 Transport Protocol of SIP 97 Troubleshooting 253 TSV Tab separated Value 127 237 239 Type No 1 24 121 U Unconditional Enable Call Forward 117 Unconditional Phone Number 118 Update Firmwar
43. 5 4 Daylight Saving Time Summer TIME iis sede eo ER RAK Ee ge NG ER EER SEE EER AEN 88 Enable DST Enable Summer Time sesse ees ee EG EA KAK KAAR EE SE Gee OER KERE DE Re Ke ek ek de 88 DST Offset Summer Time Offset SEERDE DERS DEERE E KEES ebe EES 88 4 4 5 5 Start Day and Time of DST Start Day and Time of Summer Time iss sesse seke 88 Me EE EE MR EE rr err tite 88 BEE S S SA OE N RR OE ES OR OE EE GE IE HOER 88 RI EE EE RE RE EE AS 89 4 4 5 6 End Day and Time of DST End Day and Time of Summer Time iese 89 le ER EE EE RE EO 89 Day Ol Mi AO ORE EE OE EE OR 90 AMIN EE RE N EE en Ss lv ee dee 91 4 5 VOIP E E E E E E A 91 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 5 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents 6 4 5 1 Ed INS cs cs gs EE a teen 26 oiea eaa aaa aea aa a A EAE ENES 91 4 5 1 1 SU SOUL MEE EE TE EE 91 EN Pe AE EE EE ON ME EE AE N 91 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line Al 92 4 5 2 1 Phone Number 93 Phone Number 93 UE 93 4 5 2 2 SIP Server Ek GE N Seta ee teers rae ten idee dae Ee 93 Registrar Server AddresS icc esis een Ee ER EE on ee ES ga ee Re RE EE SR ARE 93 Registrar Server EE MEE N OS 93 Proxy Server Address AE EE REK EE EE EA EE EO N 94 Proxy Seer Po ss SR e RE Ge Ge ei Ge Ee ge Ee 94 Presence Server Address ee ee ee ee ee ee Re ee AA AA AR AA RR AAR ER RE ee ee ee ee 94 Presence Server Port 94 4 5 2 3 Outbo
44. ADDR Page 170 USER DNS2 ADDR Page 170 DNS Settings DNS ORY PRLL Page 171 DNS PRIORITY Page 171 DNS1 ADDR Page 172 DNS2 ADDR Page 172 Ethernet Port Settings VLAN ENABLE Page 172 VLAN ID IP PHONE Page 172 VLAN PRI IP PHONE Page 173 VLAN ID PC Page 173 VLAN PRI PC Page 173 HTTP Settings HTTPD PORTOPEN AUTO Page 174 HTTP VER Page 174 HTTP USER AGENT Page 174 HTTP SSL VERIFY Page 175 CFG ROOT CERTIFICATE PATH Page 175 Time Adjust Settings NTP ADDR Page 176 NTP PORT Page 176 TIME SYNC INTVL Page 176 TIME OUERY INTVL Page 177 STUN Settings STUN SERV ADDR Page 177 STUN SERV PORT Page 177 STUN 2NDSERV ADDR Page 177 STUN 2NDSERV PORT Page 178 140 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List Category Parameter Name Ref Miscellaneous Network Settings NW SETTING ENABLE Page 178 CUSTOM WEB PAGE Page 178 1 This setting can also be configured through other programming methods phone user interface programming or Web user interface programming 2 This setting can also be configured through the Web user interface Telephone Settings Category Parameter Name Ref Call Control Settings VM SUBSCRIBE ENABLE Page 179 CONFERENCE SERVER URI Page 179 FIRSTDIGIT TIM Page 17
45. DE 225 SIP SUBS EXPIRE Nee ee Re eo EG RE Gee DR ee ek EE AE Re DE ee ee Ee ee 226 el Ae DIV HE es EE EE END ER ER EE ee ES ED ere errr errr 226 REG RIX INTV AA EE ONE HE N EE AA OE EE NG ORE 226 SIPP PREFERRED DR ke Ee ee ED Ge eee 226 Ede PA IE ORE ORR HEEL DEE EN ETER 227 ADD USER PHONE EE 227 SDP USER ID Mone EE OOS EN RE EE HE EE NE AE 227 SUB INTERVAL RATE N ss eene ee ee eee er ere eee rr 227 SIP_OUTPROXY_ADDR_N sites ss se ass Ge EE De SERE ee Ge Ge do ae Re ees 228 SIP QUTPROXY e WE EE 228 MEES E PA RE N RE NE EE N EN 228 SIE ANKE DISPNAME EE 229 SIP ANM USERNAME His tees stads na ese be Es ee as n es ES de 229 SIP_ANM_HOSTNAME_N EE N EE 229 SIP DETECT SSAF M EA ME IR N EE EA ENE OE AE 230 SIP CONTAC Een ese ii N areca aed dan at ech eo eg ee ie ee 230 ol TIMER Bi Ee ee ee ea act ee 230 SIE TIMER Bo osse ED EE EE ere oe GE ee ie EG EE 231 SIP TIMER F AA AA ME EE N ME SEN HIE N OE 231 IE TIER HER ts oe N eet Re EE 231 SIP TIMER Et eege 231 AB TRAM FOR MES HE sn eo EE EG oe eee Oe Ee EE ee Ge OG GEE Ge ED ER ee 232 ADD EXPIRES HEADER N ss ia ies vases SES ene EN See AE vAN SEER SE ele ee Ese Haan eed 232 sIP HOLE HOLDOREGEMNE Ti sd ee es ie eee rere Creer ere peer ee 232 SIPS ABD DINERSKON Miss see ae eN es N es es ee De ge ee ie ed nennen nnnm nnee 232 SIP RESPONSE GODE DND EE 233 SIP_RESPONSE_CODE_CALL_REJECT EE 233 6 Useful Telephone Functions sssassssssunsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
46. Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Cyclic Auto Resync Page 132 CFG_CYCLIC_INTVL Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval in minutes between periodic checks for updates of the configuration files Value Range 1 40320 Default Value 10080 Web User Interface Reference Resync Interval Page 133 CFG_RTRY_INTVL Value Format Integer Description Specifies the period of time in minutes that the unit will retry checking for an update of the configuration files after a configuration file access error has occurred Note e This setting is available only when CFG CYCLIC is set to Y Value Range 1 1440 Default Value 30 CFG_RESYNC_TIME Value Format String Description Specifies the time hour minute that the unit checks for updates of configuration files 164 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 6 Management Server Settings Value Range 00 00 23 59 Note e Ifthe value for this setting is any valid value other than an empty string the unit downloads the configuration files at the fixed time and the settings specified in CSG CYCLIC CFG CYCLIC INTVL and CFG_RTRY_INTVL are disabled e Ifthe value for this setting is an empty string downloading the configuration files at the fixed time are disabled
47. Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the secondary SIP presence server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 USE DEL REG OPEN n Parameter Name Example USE DEL REG OPEN 1 USE DEL REG OPEN 2 USE DEL REG OPEN 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable cancelation before registration when for example the unit is turned on Value Range e y Enable cancelation before registration e N Disable cancelation before registration Default Value N USE DEL REG CLOSE n Parameter Name Example USE DEL REG CLOSE 1 USE DEL REG CLOSE 2 USE DEL REG CLOSE 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the cancelation of registration before the SIP function shuts down when for example the configuration has changed Value Range e Y Enable registration cancelation before shutting down e N Disable registration cancelation before shutting down Note e If set to Y registration cancelation is enabled e If set to N registration cancelation is disabled even when the SIP stack is shutting down Default Value PORT_PUNCH_INTVL_n Parameter Name Example PORT PUNCH INTVL 1 PORT_PUNCH_INTVL_2 PORT PUNCH INTVL 4 Value Format Integer 224 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoip
48. Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 249 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 7 3 Executing Firmware Update 7 1 Firmware Server Setup No special server is necessary for the firmware update You can use an HTTP HTTPS FTP or TFTP server as the firmware server by simply setting its URL 7 2 Firmware Update Settings Firmware updates are provided by the manufacturer when necessary The firmware update will be executed by setting the corresponding parameters using configuration file programming see 5 3 4 Firmware Update Settings or Web user interface programming see 4 7 1 Firmware Maintenance The following shows the parameters and the setting procedures Firmware Update Enable Disable e In a configuration file add the line FIRM_UPGRADE_ENABLE Y e In the Web user interface click the Maintenance tab click Firmware Maintenance and then select Yes for Enable Firmware Update Firmware Version Number e In a configuration file specify the new version number in FIRM_VERSION Automatic Update e In a configuration file add the line FIRM_UPGRADE_AUTO Y e In the Web user interface click the Maintenance tab click Firmware Maintenance and then select Automatic for Update Type Firmware Server URL e In a configuration file specify the URL in FIRM_FILE PATH Inthe Web user interface click the Maintenance tab click Firmware Maintena
49. FLASH RECALL button during a conversation Value Range e Y Terminate N EFA Default Value Y Web User Interface Reference Flash Recall Button Page 111 FLASHHOOK_CONTENT_TYPE Value Format String Description Specifies the type of signal sent when sending a flash hook event Value Range e Signal e flashhook Default Value Signal Web User Interface Reference Flash Hook Event Page 112 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 211 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings 5 7 2 SIP Settings SIP USER AGENT Value Format String Description Specifies the text string to send as the user agent in the headers of SIP messages Value Range Max 40 characters Note An empty string is not allowed If mac is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the unit s MAC address in lower case s If MAC is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case If MODEL is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the unit s model name e H fwver is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the firmware version of the unit Default Value Panasonic_ MODEL fwver mac Web User Interface Reference SIP User Agent Page 91 PHONE_NUMBER_n
50. Format String Description Specifies the number to be shown in the place of the first symbol when the phone number for incoming international calls contains Value Range Max 8 characters consisting of 0 9 and Note No other characters are allowed Default Value Empty string is deleted Web User Interface Reference International Call Prefix Page 110 COUNTRY_CALLING_CODE Value Format String Description Specifies the country area calling code to be used for comparative purposes when dialing a number from the incoming call log that contains a symbol Value Range Max 8 characters consisting of 0 9 Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Country Calling Code Page 111 180 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 1 Call Control Settings NATIONAL ACCESS CODE Value Format String Description When dialing a number from the incoming call log that contains a symbol and the country calling code matches the country calling code is removed and the national access code is added Value Range Max 8 characters consisting of 0 9 and Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference National Access Code Page 111 DEFAULT_LINE_SELECT Value
51. Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 3 Telephone Settings Description Specifies the minimum number of digits with which to match a phonebook entry with an incoming call s caller ID To specify exact matching of entire numbers only specify 0 Value Range 0 15 Default Value 7 Web User Interface Reference Number Matching Lower Digit Page 126 NUMBER_MATCHING_UPPER_DIGIT Value Format Integer Description Specifies the maximum number of digits with which to match a phonebook entry with an incoming call s caller ID To specify exact matching of entire numbers only specify 0 Value Range 0 15 Default Value 10 Web User Interface Reference Number Matching Upper Digit Page 126 DISPLAY_DATE_PATTERN Value Format Integer Description Selects the display order pattern for the day and month of the date Value Range 0 2 0 Not specified 1 DDMM 2 MMDD Default Value 0 DISPLAY TIME PATTERN Value Format Integer Description Selects the display type for the time 12 or 24 hour format Value Range 0 2 0 Not specified 1 12H 2 24H Default Value 0 DEFAULT_LANGUAGE Value Format String Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk
52. Information on Provisioning ss ae EER RR EER AR RE EER RR ee 31 2 1 PSS OVI STO IE issie ode ie Ge ie n ee ee ode be ie DE SG de Da RD ee die ie 32 2 1 1 What iS ed soeke 1 ne AE OE EE EE EE IE RR EE 32 2 1 2 Pre provisioning when Setting Static IP Addresses ie ee 33 2 1 3 Server for Pre provisioning OE EA RE 33 2 1 4 Pre provisioning Setting Example Es SERE Es er ss ed Ed sk Es ee NR ee Ee 33 2 2 ProOviSiIONINO RE EE EE EE N NE EE EE Ee 36 2 2 1 What is VIS iem es EES OR Ee Ee Ee eee EE RE EE De GE eect EEEE Ee 36 2 2 2 Protocols for ir les RE EN RE AE N OR N EE EE 36 2 2 3 C ntg ratom File AREA N EE HA EE EE 36 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files sisie Rds se Sies eek be aid ge RD ese Gee ga ER GER 38 2 2 5 Provisioning Server Setting Example ss ED EER Reen IG EA SEE GERS Ne Gee ne ge eed 44 2 2 6 Speel EO na a EN ME OE N N EE 45 2 3 Priority OF Setting MethodS iese sides es Ns Re ed ee da ws bi oe ei de 46 2 4 Configuration File Specifications ssasss seek AE AA NEE AR ER Ee ese AN N AANRAAK RR EE ed 47 2 5 Configuration File Examples steier eed eine Ke sk Ee ai es N age ee sai Ee ed 48 2 5 1 Examples of le Le DE 48 2 5 2 Example with Incorrect Descriptions iese sesse ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Re AAR RR Ee ee ee ee ee 49 3 Phone User Interface Programming sees ee EE Ee AA Gee EE EE Re ne 51 3 1 Phone User Interface Programming scvcccsisccsencissnsinsnsionsascsannsemeiabasienasuinndsabnsanseuiinancnnans 52 3 1 1 Phon
53. Notice Parts of this product use open source software For details about the open source software see the Operating Instructions Trademarks e Microsoft Excel Internet Explorer Outlook and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries e Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both All other trademarks identified herein are the property of their respective owners e Microsoft product screen shot s reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation NOTES e The screen shots shown in this guide are provided for reference only and may differ from the screens displayed on your PC 2 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents Table of Contents ES di ER EE EE EE N 15 1 1 ed dl EE RE ER de OR OE Ed AE Re ee A ie N OE 16 1 1 1 Factory DetaultS es RE EE RE EA ER Rees oe DS AN anche Ken AE SEE Re seed be es 16 1 1 2 Language Selection for the Unit EES ERROR GEE OGE SEED EE EG ee be EE Ee 16 1 1 3 Basic Network Setup ie ee eek AA Re AR AAR RR ER ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Re ee ee 16 1 1 4 Overview of Programming AE ET EE N N SEEE TEENE 18 1 1 5 Phone User Interface Programming sees ee ees ese RE Se Ge ee ee AE kk ER Be Gee Ge Re ee kk AR EE EEEEEN 18 1 1 5 1 Ch
54. Port Ethernet Link Status PC v v Page 67 Port KX UT123 KX UT 133 KX UT136 only Connection Mode v v Page 67 IP Address v v Page 68 Subnet Mask v v Page 68 Default Gateway v v Page 68 DNS1 v v Page 68 DNS2 v v Page 69 VoIP Status VoIP Status Line No v v Page 69 Phone Number v v Page 70 VoIP Status v v Page 70 1 The access levels are abbreviated as follows U User A Administrator A check mark indicates that the setting is available for that access level 56 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Document Version 2011 06 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List Network Access Menu Item Section Title Setting teel Ref U A Basic Network Connection Mode Connection Mode AN 4 Page 71 SST DHCP Settings Host Name v Page 71 Domain Name Server ve vw Page 72 Static Settings Static IP Address ve jf vw Page 72 Subnet Mask vey v Page 73 Default Gateway vil vi Page 73 DNS1 ve vw Page 73 DNS2 ve vw Page 74 Ethernet Port Link Speed Duplex LAN Port v Page 75 SE ER PC Port KX UT123 v Page 75 KX UT133 KX UT136 only VLAN Settings Enable VLAN v Page 75 IP Phone VLAN ID Page 75 Priority Page 76 PC 8 VLAN ID KX UT123 v Page 76 KX UT133 KX UT136 only Priority KX UT123 v Page 76 KX UT133 KX UT13
55. URL of the standard configuration file which is used when every unit needs different settings Note e When you change this setting set PROVISION_ENABLE to Y at the same time Value Range Max 500 characters Note e The format must be RFC 1738 compliant as follows lt schema gt lt user gt lt password gt lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt lt user gt must be less than 128 characters lt password gt must be less than 128 characters lt user gt lt password gt may be empty The total of lt schema gt and lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt must be less than 245 characters lt port gt can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number If mac is included in this URL it will be replaced with the unit s MAC address in lower case s If MAC is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case e If MODEL is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units model name s H fwver is included in this URL it will be replaced with the unit s firmware version s If this URL ends with slash Config mac cfg is automatically added at the end of the URL For example CFG STANDARD FILE PATH http host dir becomes CFG STANDARD FILE PATH http host dir Config mac cfg Default Value Empty string Note e The URL specified by your phone system dealer may be preset in the
56. UT136 only This screen allows you to configure various features for each flexible button For more details see 6 3 Flexible Buttons KX UT133 KX UT136 only Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Web Port Close Flexible Button Settings Telephone Flexible Button Settings Can Conwol No Type Parameter Label Name is i Flexible Button Settings 2 3 roes EE a 6 T 8 Import Phonebook Export Phonebook 4 6 3 1 Flexible Button Settings Type No 1 24 Description Selects the feature to be assigned to each flexible button Value Range e DN One Touch Headset s BLF e ACD Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference FLEX_BUTTON_FACILITY_ACTx Page 199 Parameter No 1 24 Document Version 2011 06 Description Specifies the necessary values for the features assigned to flexible buttons Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference FLEX_BUTTON_FACILITY_ARGx Page 199 Administrator Guide 121 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 4 Tone Settings Label Name No 1 24 Description Specifies the message to be displayed on the screen when the flexible button is pressed Value Range Max 10 characters Note e You can use Unicode characters for this setting Default Val
57. Value MODEL Configuration File Reference HOST_NAME Page 168 Domain Name Server Description Selects whether to receive DNS server addresses automatically or to assign a DNS server addresses up to 2 manually Note e This setting is available only when Connection Mode is set to DHCP Value Range e Receive DNS server address automatically e Use the following settings DNS1 DNS2 Note Ifyou select Use the following settings specify the IP address es of the primary and if necessary secondary DNS server s manually The permissible values are Max 15 characters n n n n n 0 255 except 0 0 0 0 259 255 255 255 127 0 0 1 etc Default Value Receive DNS server address automatically Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Configuration File Reference DHCP DNS ENABLE Page 168 4 3 1 3 Static Settings Static IP Address 72 Description Specifies the IP address for the unit Note e This setting is available only when Connection Mode is set to Static Value Range Max 15 characters n n n n n 0 255 except 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 127 0 0 1 etc Default Value Not stored Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 1 Basic Network Settings
58. button is pressed while having a conversation Value Range Y Enable Auto Call Hold e N Disable Auto Call Hold Default Value N REDIALKEY_CALLLOG_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether the call log is displayed when the Redial button is pressed while on hook Value Range e y Displays outgoing call log by pressing the Redial button N Not display call log by pressing the Redial button Default Value N ONHOOK_TRANSFER_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether transfer operations are permitted while on hook Value Range Y Enable On hook Transfer e N Disable On hook Transfer Default Value Y Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 183 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 1 Call Control Settings DISCONNECTION MODE Value Format Integer Description Selects the tone heard reorder tone or busy tone when a dial operation fails Value Range 1 2 1 Mode1 ROT 2 Mode BT Default Value 1 TONE LEN DISCONNECT HANDSET Value Format Integer Description Specifies the duration in seconds that a disconnect tone will be heard when the other party ends a call and the handset is being used Value Range 1 15 Default Value 10 TONE_LEN
59. cfg Prior Settings Item Description Setting DHCP server option 66 192 168 0 130 IP address range assigned by DHCP server 192 168 0 16 to 192 168 0 63 File name of the configuration file used for pre provisioning KX UT1xx cfg URL of the configuration file used for provisioning that is entered in the configuration file CFG_STANDARD FILE PATH http provisioning example com Panasonic Config MAC cfg Note s MAC is replaced by the MAC address of the unit e g 0080F0123456 Stored location of the configuration file on the TFTP server Configuration file KX UT 1xx cfg is stored in the directory tftproot Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 1 4 Pre provisioning Setting Example The pre provisioning process Step 1 Connect the unit to the network and turn the power Power on on The unit is assigned an IP address by the DHCP REENEN server and also receives the TFTP server address TV from the DHCP server using DHCP server option TFTP Address 66 192 168 0 130 DHCP Server Option 66 Step 2 The unit downloads the configuration file for pre provisioning from the TFTP server tftp 192 168 0 130 KX UT136 cfg tftp 192 168 0 130 KX UT136 cfg Note TFTP Server The file name may be different depending on the phone being used For example the
60. co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings SIP SESSION METHOD n Parameter Name Example SIP SESSION METHOD 1 SIP SESSION METHOD 2 SIP SESSION METHOD 4 Value Format Integer Description Selects the refreshing method of SIP sessions Value Range 0 2 0 relNVITE 1 UPDATE 2 AUTO Default Value 0 DSCP SIP n Parameter Name Example DSCP SIP 1 DSCP SIP 2 DSCP SIP A Value Format Integer Description Selects the DSCP level of DiffServ applied to SIP packets Value Range 0 63 Default Value 0 Web User Interface Reference SIP Packet QoS DSCP Page 99 SIP_2NDPROXY_ADDR_n Parameter Name Example SIP_2NDPROXY_ADDR_1 SIP_2NDPROXY_ADDR 2 SIP_2NDPROXY_ADDR_4 Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the secondary SIP proxy server Note e This setting is available only when SIP_PRXY_ADDR_n is specified in IP address notation Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string SIP_2NDPROXY_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP_2NDPROXY_PORT_1 SIP_2NDPROXY_PORT_2 SIP_2NDPROXY_PORT 4 Value Format Integer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 217 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings
61. e Yy Enable N Disable Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Enable VLAN Page 75 VLAN_ID_IP_PHONE Value Format Integer 172 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 3 Ethernet Port Settings Description Specifies the VLAN ID for this unit Note e This setting is available only when NW SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range 14094 Default Value 2 Web User Interface Reference IP Phone VLAN ID Page 75 VLAN_PRI_IP_PHONE Value Format Integer Description Specifies the priority number for the unit Note e This setting is available only when NW SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range 0 7 Default Value 7 Web User Interface Reference IP Phone Priority Page 76 VLAN_ID_PC Value Format Integer Description Specifies the VLAN ID for the PC Note e This setting is available only when NW SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range 1 4094 Default Value 1 Web User Interface Reference PC VLAN ID KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only Page 76 VLAN_PRI_PC Value Format Integer Description Specifies the priority number for the PC Note e This setting is available only when NW SETTING ENABLE is set to N Document Version 2011 06
62. failure has occurred Note Immediately after starting up the unit the phone numbers of the lines will be displayed but the status of the line may not be displayed because the unit is still being registered to the SIP server To display the status wait about 30 to 60 seconds and then click Refresh to obtain updated status information Default Value Not applicable 4 3 Network This section provides detailed descriptions about all the settings classified under the Network tab 4 3 1 Basic Network Settings This screen allows you to change basic network settings such as whether to use a DHCP server and the IP address of the unit Note e Changes to the settings on this screen are applied when the message Complete appears after clicking Save Because the IP address of the unit will probably be changed if you change these settings you will not be able to continue using the Web user interface To continue configuring the unit from the Web user interface log in to the Web user interface again after confirming the newly assigned IP address of the unit using the phone user interface In addition if the IP address of the PC from which you try to access the Web user interface has been changed close the Web port once by selecting O for 70 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 1 Basic Network Settings Embedd
63. feature depending on the network environment see Resource List URI in 4 6 2 1 Call Control in the Web user interface or RESOURCELIST URI n in 5 7 1 Call Control Settings in the configuration file ACD Used to log in or log out of a group when ACD Off Logged in Automatic Call Distribution is enabled Red on Logged out Note e ACD is an optional feature and may not be supported on your phone system 6 3 1 Flexible Button Settings To set Flexible Buttons 1 In the Web user interface click the Telephone tab and then click Flexible Button Settings 2 Enter settings as described in the following table When it is necessary to set both parameter 1 and parameter 2 enter a comma between the values Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Button Description Value Description Value DN Ringtone 1 32 Line No 1 4 One Touch Phone Number Up to 32 digits Headset BLF Extension Number Up to 32 digits Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 247 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 3 1 Flexible Button Settings Button Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Description Value Description Value ACD Line Number Note e For details about configuring these settings by configuration file programming see 5 5 5 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 only Se
64. i HTTP User Agent Panasonic_ MODEL fwer mac Global Address Detection Static HAPT Settings HTTP Authentication Authentication ID Authentication Password Enable Proxy OYes No Proxy Server Address Proxy Server Port mm 1 6553a1 Save Cancel Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 3 HTTP Client Settings 4 3 3 1 HTTP Client Settings HTTP Version Description Selects which version of the HTTP protocol to use for HTTP Communication Value Range e HTTP 1 0 e HTTP 1 1 Note For this unit it is strongly recommended that you select HTTP 1 0 However if the HTTP server does not function well with HTTP 1 0 try changing the setting HTTP 1 1 Default Value HTTP 1 0 Configuration File Reference HTTP_VER Page 174 HTTP User Agent Description Specifies the text string to send as the user agent in the header of HTTP requests Value Range Max 40 characters Note e You cannot leave this field empty If mac is included in this field it will be replaced with the unit s MAC address in lower case e If MAC is included in this field it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case e If MODEL is included in this field it will be replaced with the unit s model name s H fwver is included
65. in the o line field of SDP Value Range Max 32 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value SUB_INTERVAL_RATE_n Parameter Name Example SUB_INTERVAL_RATE_1 SUB_INTERVAL_RATE 2 SUB INTERVAL RATE 4 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 227 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Value Format Integer Description Specifies the percentage of the expires value after which to refresh subscriptions by sending a new SUBSCRIBE message in the same dialog Value Range 1 100 Default Value 90 SIP_OUTPROXY_ADDR_n Parameter Name Example SIP_OUTPROXY_ADDR_1 SIP_OUTPROXY_ADDR 2 SIP_OUTPROXY_ADDR_4 Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the SIP outbound proxy server Value Range Max 127 characters IP address in dotted decimal notation or FQDN Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Outbound Proxy Server Address Page 95 SIP_OUTPROXY_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP_OUTPROXY_PORT_1 SIP OUTPROXY PORT 2 SIP OUTPROXY PORT 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP outbound proxy server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Web User Interface Referen
66. in this URL it will be replaced with the unit s MAC address in lower case s If MAC is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case e If MODEL is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units model name s H fwver is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units firmware version e If this URL ends with slash sip cfg is automatically added at the end of the URL For example CFG MASTER FILE PATH http host dir becomes CFG MASTER FILE PATH http host dir sip cfg Default Value Empty string Note The URL specified by your phone system dealer may be preset in the unit Web User Interface Reference Master File URL Page 132 CFG FILE KEY 162 Value Format String Description Specifies the encryption key password used to decrypt configuration files Note e Ifthe extension of the configuration file is e1c the configuration file will be decrypted using this key Value Range 32 byte characters Note e Ifan empty string is set for this parameter decryption with this value is disabled Default Value A unique value is preset to each unit Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 CFG FILE KEY 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings Value Format String Description S
67. in this field it will be replaced with the firmware version of the unit Default Value Panasonic_ MODEL fwver mac Configuration File Reference HTTP_USER_AGENT Page 174 4 3 3 2 HTTP Authentication Authentication ID Description Specifies the ID for the User account If set this name must be entered to access the Web user interface at the User access level Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 77 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 4 Global Address Detection Authentication Password Description Specifies the password for the User account If set this password must be entered to access the Web user interface at the User access level Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored 4 3 3 3 Proxy Server Settings Enable Proxy Description Selects whether to use the proxy server Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No Proxy Server Address Description Specifies the IP address or FODN of the proxy server Value Range Max 127 characters Note e You cannot leave this field empty if Enable Proxy is set to Yes Default Value Not stored Proxy Server Port Description Specifies the port number of the proxy server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 8080
68. is KX UT1xx the unit will download the configuration file KX UT 1xx cfg DHCP and TFTP servers may be supplied with your operating system provided through commercial services and are also distributed freely on the Internet Use a server setup that best matches your environment When installing and setting up the DHCP server and TFTP server refer to the documentation supplied with the product For details about connecting servers to the network and managing them consult your network administrator 2 1 4 Pre provisioning Setting Example This section gives an example of how to perform pre provisioning Assumptions Item Description Setting TFTP server address 192 168 0 130 Distribution directory of TFTP server tftproot Model name of the unit KX UT1xx MAC address of the unit 0080F0123456 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 33 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 1 4 Pre provisioning Setting Example 34 Item Description Setting Provisioning server name where the configuration file used for provisioning is to be stored provisioning example com Distribution directory of the provisioning server Panasonic File name of the configuration file used for provisioning Config0080F0123456 cfg URL of the configuration file used for provisioning http provisioning example com Panasonic Config0080F0123456
69. is not applicable for the current version No logs will be sent to the syslog server even if values 1 6 are specified Value Range 0 6 0 no logs sent 1 emergency highest 2 alert 3 critical 4 error 5 warning 6 information lowest Default Value 0 SYSLOG_EVENT_CFG Value Format Integer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 155 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 3 Syslog Settings Value Range 0 6 Default Value 0 SYSLOG_EVENT_VOIP Value Format Integer Value Range 0 6 Default Value 0 SYSLOG_EVENT_TEL Value Format Integer Value Range 0 6 Default Value 0 SYSLOG_ADDR Value Format String Default Value Empty string SYSLOG_PORT Value Format Integer 156 Description Specifies the threshold of syslog events regarding configuration Note e This setting is not applicable for the current version No logs will be sent to the syslog server even if values 1 6 are specified Description Specifies the threshold of syslog events regarding VoIP operation Note e This setting is not applicable for the current version No logs will be sent to the syslog server even if values 1 6 are specified Description Specifies the threshold of syslog events regarding telephone functions Note e This setting is not applicable for the current version No logs w
70. n Page 209 SHARED CALL ENABLE o Page 209 FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE n Page 210 RESOURCELIST URI n Page 210 CH ENABLE n Page 211 RETURN VOL SET DEFAULT ENABLE Page 211 FLASH RECALL TERMINATE Page 211 FLASHHOOK CONTENT TYPE Page 211 SIP Settings SIP_USER_AGENT Page 212 PHONE NUMBER n Page 212 SIP URI n Page 212 LINE ENABLE n Page 213 PROFILE ENABLEn Page 213 SIP AUTHID n Page 214 SIP PASS on Page 214 SIP SRC PORT on Page 214 SIP PRXY ADDR n Page 214 SIP PRXY PORT n Page 215 SIP RGSTR ADDR n Page 215 SIP RGSTR PORT n Page 215 STIP SVCDOMAIN n Page 215 REG EXPIRE TIME n Page 216 REG INTERVAL RATE n Page 216 SIP SESSION TIME n Page 216 SIP SESSION METHOD n Page 217 DSCP SIP n Page 217 SIP 2NDPROXY ADDR n Page 217 SIP 2NDPROXY PORT n Page 217 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 145 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List Category Parameter Name Ref SIP 2NDRGSTR ADDR n Page 218 SIP 2NDRGSTR PORT n Page 218 SIP TIMER T1 ni Page 218 SIP TIMER T2 ni Page 219 SIP TIMER T4 n Page 219 SIP FOVR NORSP n Page 219 SIP FOVR MAX n Page 220 SIP REFRESHER n Page 220 SIP DNSSRV ENA n Page 220 SIP UDP SRV PREFIX n Page 221 SIP TCP SRV PREFIX n Page 221 SIP 100REL ENABLE n Page 222 SIP INVITE EXPIRE n Page 222 S
71. sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 1 Call Control Settings FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE n Parameter Name Example FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE 1 FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE 2 FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE A Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to synchronize the Do Not Disturb and Call Forward settings configured via the Web user interface or phone user interface between the unit and the portal server that is provided by your phone system dealer Note e Even if you specify Y this feature may not function properly if your phone system does not support it Before you configure this setting consult your phone system dealer e You cannot set both SHARED CALL ENABLE n and FWD_DND_SYNCHRO_ENABLE_n to Y at the same time Value Range e y Enable Do Not Disturb Call Forward synchronization e N Disable Do Not Disturb Call Forward synchronization Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward Page 114 RESOURCELIST_URI_n Parameter Name Example RESOURCELIST URI 1 RESOURCELIST URI 2 RESOURCELIST URI A Value Format String Description Specifies the Uniform Resource ldentifier string for the resource list which consists of sip a user part the symbol and a host part for example sip conference example com For details refer to RFC 4662 Note e InaSIP URI the user part
72. the key The call is initiated after going off hook pre dial Dial Plan Example The following example shows dial plans containing character sequences separated by Example 2346789 11 01 2 9 x 2 9 xxxxxxxxx Complete Match Example 2346789 11 01 2 9 x 2 9 xxxxxxxxx e If the dialed phone number is 211 911 and so on the call is made immediately Example 2346789 11 01 2 9 x 2 9 xxxxxxxxx e If the dialed phone number is 2123456789 5987654321 and so on the call is made immediately Partial Match when the dial plan contains Example 2346789 11 01 2 9 x 2 9 xxxxxxxxx e Ifthe dialed phone number is 01254 012556 and so on the call is made after the inter digit timer expires Partial Match when the dial plan does not contain Example 2346789 11 01 2 9 x 2 9 xxxxxxxxx e If the dialed phone number is 21 91 and so on when Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match is set to Yes the call is made after the inter digit timer expires e If the dialed phone number is 21 91 and so on when Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match is set to No the call is denied after the inter digit timer expires Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 245 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 3 Flexible Buttons KX UT133 KX UT136 only Example 2346789 11 01 2 9 x 2 9 xxxxxxxxx e Ifthe dialed phone number is 21234567 59876
73. the units firmware version s If this URL ends with slash MODEL cfg is automatically added at the end of the URL For example CFG PRODUCT FILE PATH http host dir becomes CFG PRODUCT FILE PATH http host dir MODEL cfg Default Value Empty string Note s The URL specified by your phone system dealer may be preset in the unit Web User Interface Reference Product File URL Page 132 CFG MASTER FILE PATH Value Format String Description Specifies the URL of the master configuration file which is used when all units need the same settings Note e When you change this setting set PROVISION_ENABLE to Y at the same time Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 161 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings Value Range Max 500 characters Note e The format must be RFC 1738 compliant as follows lt schema gt lt user gt lt password gt lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt lt user gt must be less than 128 characters lt password gt must be less than 128 characters lt user gt lt password gt may be empty The total of lt schema gt and lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt must be less than 245 characters lt port gt can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number If mac is included
74. the forwarding destinations differ incoming calls are forwarded to the destination set on the server e If Call Forward has been enabled on the server incoming calls are forwarded to the destination set on the server even if you have selected No for this setting e You can synchronize the Do Not Disturb and Call Forward settings from the Web user interface see Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward in 4 6 2 1 Call Control or through configuration file programming see FWD_DND_SYNCHRO_ENABLE_n in 5 7 1 Call Control Settings e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No 118 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 Busy Phone Number Description Specifies the phone number of the destination to forward calls to when the line is in use Note e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range Max 32 characters Note e You ca
75. to receive DNS server addresses automatically or to assign a DNS server addresses up to 2 manually Note e This setting is available only when CONNECTION TYPE is set to 1 and when wu SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range e Use USER_DNS1_ADDR or USER DNS1 ADDR and USER_DNS2_ADDR N Receive DNS server address automatically Default Value N Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Web User Interface Reference Domain Name Server Page 72 STATIC_IP_ADDRESS Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address for the unit Note e This setting is available only when CONNECTION_TYPE is set to 0 and when wu SETTING ENABLE is set to N e When you specify this parameter you must specify STATIC SUBNET together in a configuration file Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Web User Interface Reference Static IP Address Page 72 STATIC_SUBNET Value Format String Description Specifies the subnet mask for the unit Note e This setting is available only when CONNECTION_TYPE is set to 0 and when wu SETTING ENABLE is set to N e When you specify this parameter you must specify STATIC IP ADDRESS together in a configuration file
76. troubleshooting Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 253 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 8 1 Troubleshooting 8 1 Troubleshooting If you still have difficulties after following the instructions in this section disconnect the unit from the AC outlet then connect the AC adaptor again If using PoE disconnect the LAN cable then connect the LAN cable again General Use Problem Cause Solution cannot hear a dial tone e Network settings may not be correct Many installation issues can be resolved by resetting all the equipment First shut down your modem router hub unit and PC Then turn the devices back on one ata time in this order modem router hub unit PC e Ifyou cannot access Internet Web pages using your PC check to see if your phone system is having connection issues in your area e Check the VoIP status in the Web user interface and confirm that each line is registered properly see To check the setting status in the Web user interface in this section e Check that the SIP server address URLs of the configuration files encryption key and other required settings are correct Check the firewall and port forwarding settings on the router gt see 1 1 7 Other Network Settings For details about the settings consult your network administrator or phone system dealer 254 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06
77. unit Web User Interface Reference Standard File URL Page 131 CFG_PRODUCT_FILE_PATH Value Format String 160 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings Description Specifies the URL of the product configuration file which is used when all units with the same model number need the same settings Note e When you change this setting set PROVISION_ENABLE to Y at the same time Value Range Max 500 characters Note e The format must be RFC 1738 compliant as follows lt schema gt lt user gt lt password gt lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt lt user gt must be less than 128 characters lt password gt must be less than 128 characters lt user gt lt password gt may be empty The total of lt schema gt and lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt must be less than 245 characters lt port gt can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number If mac is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units MAC address in lower case e If MAC is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case e If MODEL is included in this URL it will be replaced with the units model name s H fwver is included in this URL it will be replaced with
78. www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 8 1 Troubleshooting Making Answering Calls Intercom Problem CauselSolution The unit does not ring Check the VoIP status in the Web user interface and confirm that each line is registered properly see To check the setting status in the Web user interface in this section Check that the SIP server address URLs of the configuration files encryption key and other required settings are correct Check the firewall and port forwarding settings on the router see 1 1 7 Other Network Settings Check Call Control for each line in the Telephone tab in the Web user interface If Do Not Disturb is set to Yes the unit does not receive calls see 4 6 2 3 Call Features If Unconditional Enable Call Forward is set to Yes the unit does not receive calls gt see 4 6 2 4 Call Forward If Block Anonymous Call is set to Yes the unit does not receive anonymous calls see 4 6 2 3 Call Features Check that Do Not Disturb Enable Call Forward and Block Anonymous Call are not controlled by your phone system For details about settings consult your network administrator or phone system dealer cannot make a call Check the VoIP status in the Web user interface and confirm that each line is registered properly gt see To check the setting status in the Web user interface in this s
79. 1 06 Administrator Guide 189 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 2 Tone Settings RINGBACK TONE FRO Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone freguencies in hertz of ringback tones using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 440 480 Web User Interface Reference Tone Freguencies Page 124 RINGBACK TONE GAIN Description Specifies the gain in decibels of the ringback tone Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 RINGBACK TONE RPT Value Format Integer RINGBACK TONE TIMING 190 Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether the ringback tone is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 1 Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of ringback tones using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note e Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 60 2000 3940 Web User Interface Reference Tone Timings Page 124 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk
80. 1 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents BAR SISAL ICE ME N OE N DA OU OE EE 207 DIMFINTDIGIT TIM EE 207 5 7 Line Setting S dees aie es se es eke ke N GE ee GE ae iv ee NO NG ke voe N ee ei 208 5 7 1 Call Control Settings ie ee ee aa ee ere Eaa 208 DISPLAY TE EE 208 Vu WE sad EE LE EE AE EE 208 BDALPLAN T OE N N RE EE OE EN RE AL 208 DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE N issie sesse ink ks DES ees EE ER SE Kas ENE GE ee Ke vis eie 209 SHARED CALL ENABLE mn 209 FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE mn 210 BESOURCELIST geed 210 ER TEE 211 RETURN VOL SET DEFAULT ENABLE eie ee ie ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 211 FLASH RECALL TERMINATE ee iese ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 211 ELAEMHOOK er ECH KR EK dE 211 5 7 2 SIP Settings ee N Ee cet eege tee 212 SIP USER AGENT siese egen es sd es be sk ie ea Re Ee es n ee od 212 PHONE_NUMBER_ N EE 212 SIP URI EE 212 LNE ENABLE eege 213 PROFILE ENABL En 213 od din ed AE IE EE EE E errs 214 Ad OE EE N AE AE EES 214 SIES RE FORT Ne se Ge ve EE ee ee eee 214 SIE PRYY ADDR Ri ese sees sees tense ie htostivasededsentaralbessnttesnatessbnstsnlsssnascunncishes 214 SEER EE 219 SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_N AM EE eat cag AE EE N AE N 215 SIE KEES IR FORT His sissies se Se ee ee 215 SIP SVCDOMAIN E BE 215 REG EXPIRE TIME i s iese Sie ee ee ee eN ee ESE ee Oe Ge Dee err 216 REG INTERVAL RATE M RE NR AA EL AE TE OE oak 216 SIE SESSION TIME Mi ste es
81. 1 Changing the Language for Phone User Interface Programming You can change the language used on the LCD Because the language settings for the LCD of the unit are not synchronized you must set the languages individually for the unit For details about changing the setting refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site see Introduction 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming After connecting the unit to your network you can configure the unit s settings by accessing the Web user interface from a PC connected to the same network For details see Section 4 Web User Interface Programming Router Switching Hub EF SE 8 i SIP Phone 1 1 6 1 Password for Web User Interface Programming To program the unit via the Web user interface a login account is required There are 2 types of accounts and each has different access privileges e User User accounts are for use by end users Users can change the settings that are specific to the unit e Administrator Administrator accounts are for use by administrators to manage the system configuration Administrators can change all the settings including the network settings in addition to the settings that can be changed from a User account A separate password is assigned to each account For details see Access Levels IDs and Passwords in 1 1 6 3 Before Accessing the Web User Interface Notice e You should manage the passwords carefully and change them regula
82. 11 06 Administrator Guide 11 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents AOLD ALARM AE EE OR EE EO EE RO E Ee ESAE 191 HOLD ALARM E Mr ee eee Son Ee ere ee ee ere ee ge GE Ge DEEG 191 BERE od SERE OER N N EO EE AE 191 CW TONET GAIN E 192 CW TONET RPT E 192 GN TOE Been 5 oie sesse EE GE GE DE EE GE GR EE RE Ee OE DE 192 HOLD TONE Ee RE MAER EE ENE OE SEa 192 HOLD TONE GAIN iss sense RE eee er ER ee Ee E EE 192 MOLD TEONE FT 2 Ese se RARR eg Re Mee es Ee se RR RA de ee KA ia Ge 193 AOLD n tel Ser KT 193 BELL CORE BATTERMNI TIMING iss ae ERG DEERE ES Rds ae Ese Ese Eet 193 BELL CORE PATIERN2 TIMING sissies sies ee es is bees ee ie ee ee dese 193 BELL CORE PATTERNG TINING sessie sies sei ee ol eis bk es sedes es se aas 193 BELL GORE PATIERNA TIMING iseer SR GEGEE EES 194 BELL CORE PAT TERING TINING E 194 5 5 3 Felephone Settings ie EE Ee Ee a enaa EE a oaae E EEE ee Ee Ee ee 194 DISPLAY _ NAME SREP LACE cc sie sae R ses Ee st ese es ea N ae bei sb see es ki ee Bea 194 NUMBER MATCHING LOWER DIGIT sissies See EE see Seng ete 194 NUMBER MATCRIING UPPER DIGIT sine as Se ees ges eed ARE ORR ee Ke AE Re EEN 195 DISPLAY DATE PATTERN WE 195 DISPLAY TIME PATTERN asses sets sede ode ss See se ne ee se ee N beangs ee ee deeg 195 DEFAULT e 195 sae B ED ED 196 POUND IKEY DELIMITER ENABLE eeneg ss si ss ese ge gees Ee 196 5 5 4 Miscellaneous Telephone Settings
83. 115 Call Features 116 Call Forward 114 117 118 119 210 Call Hold 106 207 Call Rejection Phone Numbers 112 Cancel Button 23 CFG_CYCLIC 163 CFG_CYCLIC_INTVL 164 CFG FILE KEY LENGTH 163 CFG FILE KEY 162 CFG FILE KEY2 163 CFG FILE KEY3 163 CFG MASTER FILE PATH 161 258 Administrator Guide CFG PRODUCT FILE PATH 160 CFG RESYNC FROM SIP 165 CFG RESYNC TIME 164 CFG ROOT CERTIFICATE PATH 175 CFG RTRY INTVL 164 CFG STANDARD FILE PATH 160 Change Administrator Password 83 Change User Password 84 Channel 1 25 81 Characters Available for String Values 148 Checking the Status of the Unit 256 CODEC Preferences 107 Codec Settings 143 200 Codec Settings Examples 48 CODEC_ENABLEx_n 201 CODEC_G711_REQ 200 CODEC_G729_PARAM 200 CODEC_PRIORITYx_n 201 CON REO PASS 167 CON REO USER ID 167 Conference Server URI 110 CONFERENCE SERVER URI 179 Configuration File 36 147 Configuration File Examples 48 Configuration File Parameter List 138 Configuration File Parameters 147 Configuration File Programming 137 Configuration File Specifications 47 Configuration Parameter Example 250 Configuring the Network Settings of the Unit 17 Confirm New Password 83 85 Connection Mode 67 71 CONNECTION_TYPE 168 Controls on the Window 23 Country Calling Code 111 COUNTRY CALLING CODE 180 Current Password 83 84 CUSTOM WEB PAGE 178 CW ENABLE n 211 CW TONE1 FRO 191 CN TONE1 GAIN 192 CW TONE1 RPT 192 CW TONE1 TIMING 192 Cyclic Auto Res
84. 12 Default Value Configuration File Reference 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 This screen allows you to change the SIP settings that are specific to each line Note e When registering multiple phone numbers on a KX UT133 KX UT 136 it is necessary to set up DN buttons flexible buttons Otherwise calls cannot be made For details about flexible buttons see 4 6 3 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 only Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance SIP Settings Line 1 Web Port Close Phone Number Phone Number SIP URI Registrar Server Address Registrar Server Port 5060 D se Proxy Server Address mm Proxy Server Port 5060 D se Presence Server Address Presence Server Port 5060 1 65535 Outbound Proxy Server Outbound Proxy Server Address Outbound Proxy Server Port 5060 1 65535 SIP Service Domain Service Domain SIP Source Port Source Port 5060 1024 49151 SIP Authentication Authentication ID Authentication Password 92 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 1 Phone Number Phone Number 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Description Specifies the phone number to use as the user ID required for registration to the SIP registrar server Note When r
85. 134 ACS PASS Value Format String Description Specifies the user password for the Auto Configuration Server for using TR 069 Value Range Max 255 characters except A Lie gt and space Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Authentication Password Page 134 PERIODIC_INFORM_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether or not the CPE Customer Premises Equipment must periodically send CPE information to the ACS Auto Configuration Server using the Inform method call Value Range e y Enable e N Disable Default Value N PERIODIC_INFORM_INTERVAL Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval length in seconds when the CPE must attempt to connect with the ACS and call the Inform method Note e This setting is available only when PERIODIC INFORM ENABLE is set to Y Value Range 30 2419200 Default Value 86400 PERIODIC INFORM TIME Value Format String 166 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 6 Management Server Settings Description Specifies the time UTC to determine when the CPE will initiate the periodic Inform method calls Note e Each Inform call must occur at this reference time plus or minus an integer multiple of the PERIODIC INFORM INTERVAL Thi
86. 190 RINGBACK TONE GAIN Page 190 RINGBACK TONE RPT Page 190 RINGBACK TONE TIMING Page 190 HOLD ALARM FRO Page 191 HOLD ALARM GAIN Page 191 HOLD ALARM RPT Page 191 HOLD ALARM TIMING Page 191 CH TONE1 FRO Page 191 CW TONE1 GAIN Page 192 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List Category Parameter Name Ref CW TONE1 RPT Page 192 CW TONE1 TIMING Page 192 HOLD TONE FRO Page 192 HOLD TONE GATIN Page 192 HOLD TONE RPT Page 193 HOLD TONE TIMING Page 193 BELL CORE PATTERN1 TIMING Page 193 BELL CORE PATTERN2 TIMING Page 193 BELL CORE PATTERN3 TIMING Page 193 BELL CORE PATTERNA TIMING Page 194 BELL CORE PATTERNS TIMING Page 194 Telephone Settings DISPLAY NAME REPLACE Page 194 NUMBER MATCHING LOWER DIGIT Page 194 NUMBER MATCHING UPPER DIGIT Page 195 DISPLAY DATE PATTERN Page 195 DISPLAY TIME PATTERN Page 195 DEFAULT LANGUAGE Page 195 EXTENSION PIN Page 196 POUND KEY DELIMITER ENABLE Page 196 Miscellaneous Telephone Settings ADJDATA GAIN Page 197 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 FLEX BUTTON FACILITY ACTX Page 199 ER FLEX BUTTON FACILITY ARGx Page 199 FLEX BUTTON OUICK DIALx Page 199 FLEX BUTTON LABELxX Page 200 1 This setting can also be configured through the Web user interface VolP Settings Cate
87. 2 SIP PRSNC ADDR 4 Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address or FODN of the SIP presence server Value Range Max 127 characters IP address in dotted decimal notation or FQDN Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Presence Server Address Page 94 SIP_PRSNC_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP_PRSNC_PORT_1 SIP_PRSNC_PORT 2 SIP_PRSNC_PORT 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP presence server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Web User Interface Reference Presence Server Port Page 94 SIP_2NDPRSNC_ADDR_n Parameter Name Example SIP_2NDPRSNC_ADDR_1 SIP_2NDPRSNC_ADDR 2 SIP_2NDPRSNC_ADDR_4 Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the secondary presence server Note e This setting is available only when SIP_PRSNC_ADDR_n is specified in IP address notation Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string SIP_2NDPRSNC_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP_2NDPRSNC_PORT_1 SIP_2NDPRSNC_PORT_2 SIP_2NDPRSNC_PORT 4 Value Format Integer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 223 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings
88. 2 2 6 Encryption Example Provisioning Direction from the Server The following figure shows an example NOTIFY message from the server directing the units to perform provisioning The text check sync is specified for CSG RESYNC FROM Ste NOTIFY sip 1234567890 sip example com SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP xxx xxx xxx xxx 5060 branch abcdef ghijkl From sip prov sip example com To sip 1234567890 sip example com Date Thu 1 Jan 2009 01 01 01 GMT Call ID 123456 1234567912345678 CSeq 1 NOTIFY Contact sip xxx xxx xxx xxx 5060 Event check sync Content Length 0 2 2 6 Encryption Secure Provisioning Methods In order to perform provisioning securely there are 2 methods for transferring configuration files securely between the unit and the server Which method is used depends on the environment and equipment available from the phone system Method 1 Transferring Encrypted Configuration Files Unencrypted d Encrypted configuration configuration A Les 5 file file GE CFG FILE KEY1 CFG FILE KEY1 To use this method an encryption key is reguired to encrypt and decrypt the configuration files A preset encryption key unique to each unit an encryption key set by your phone system dealer etc is used for the encryption When the unit downloads an encrypted configuration file it will decrypt the file using the same encryption key and then configure the settings automatically Method 2 Transferring Configuration Fil
89. 204 S Save Button 23 24 SDP USER ID n 227 Secondary DNS Server 17 69 72 74 171 172 Secure Provisioning Methods 45 Security 101 Send SUBSCRIBE to Voice Mail Server 109 Service Domain 95 Setting Priority 46 Shared Call 114 209 SHARED_CALL_ENABLE_n 209 Administrator Guide 261 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Index SIP Authentication 96 SIP extensions 100 SIP Packet QoS DSCP 99 SIP Server 93 SIP Service Domain 95 SIP Setting 91 SIP Settings 27 91 92 145 212 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 92 SIP Setup 27 SIP Source Address Filter SSAF 101 230 SIP Source Port 28 95 SIP URI 93 SIP User Agent 91 SIP_100REL_ENABLE_n 222 SIP_18X_RTX_INTVL_n 222 SIP 2NDPROXY ADDR n 217 SIP 2NDPROXY PORT n 217 SIP 2NDPRSNC ADDR n 223 SIP 2NDPRSNC PORT n 223 SIP 2NDRGSTR ADDR n 218 SIP 2NDRGSTR PORT n 218 SIP ADD DIVERSION n 232 SIP ADD RPORT n 225 SIP ANM DISPNAME n 229 SIP ANM HOSTNAME n 229 SIP ANM USERNAME n 229 SIP AUTHID n 214 SIP CONTACT ON ACK n 230 SIP DETECT SSAF n 230 SIP DNSSRV ENA n 220 SIP FOVR MAX n 220 SIP FOVR NORSP n 219 SIP HOLD HOLDRECEIVE n 232 SIP INVITE EXPIRE n 222 SIP OUTPROXY ADDR n 228 SIP OUTPROXY PORT n 228 SIP P PREFERRED ID n 226 SIP PASS n 214 SIP PRIVACY n 227 SIP PRSNC ADDR n 223 SIP PRSNC PORT n 223 SIP PRXY ADDR n 214 SIP PRXY PORT n 215 SIP REFRESHER n 220 SIP REOURI PORT n 225 SIP RESPONSE CODE CALL REJECT 233
90. 30 4 7 3 1 See E eigene 131 Enable ProviISIOniINg OE EE EE N ON N OE RE ER 131 Standard File EMS es ee EE Ase eee EG N 131 Product File URL 132 Master File URL 132 Cycle PAU PR RE a sean AO N NE nace OE EL NEE ON EE 132 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents Resyne Interval EE ORE EE OT N EE N 133 Header Value for Resyric EVER osse Rees EO EDE ESE ESEG aa ease EE Ee EED Ee 133 4 7 4 En Ee ul 133 4 7 4 1 Management severe ie ie N IE Ee Dek ee ee ee ee 133 Management Server URL se sisie ES es Re GE eel ee be es Ane De ee ede beds 133 4 7 4 2 Management Server Authentication ii ER EE KERE GEE DE Ee Ee GR GE EG RENE EE Re Gee 134 Authentication MD RE EE EE EE N EE ER 134 Authentication Password es ed EE EE EE AE Ee ee ee DE DE 134 4 7 5 Reset dB ERROR HR OE EE EE EE eer aren ER OE erry 134 4 7 6 Resta AE RE EL HA EA 135 5 Configuration File Programming see ee EE RR EE RR RE EER RR RR KAR EER EER RE 137 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List ccccsscceeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseneeeneneneeeeeeeeeeeseeees 138 5 2 General Information on the Configuration Files ee EER RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR Re Re 147 5 2 1 Configuration File Parameters Ee SEGE ENE NES Re HD RE ES An Ee Ee De 147 5 2 2 Characters Available for String Values AAA 148 5 3 System Settings ass ese sei Ee ve ELE SU DE ek GR ken ee eo de
91. 4 4 3 1 Change User Password Current Password Description Specifies the current password to use to authenticate the User account when logging in to the Web user interface Value Range 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference USER_PASS Page 149 New Password Description Specifies the new password to use to authenticate the User account when logging in to the Web user interface Value Range 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space 84 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 4 Web Server Settings Default Value Not stored Note When a user logs in to the Web user interface for the first time after clicking OK on the authentication dialog box the Change User Password screen is displayed automatically to make the user set a password Configuration File Reference USER_PASS Page 149 Confirm New Password Description Value Range Specifies the same password that you entered in New Password for confirmation 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Note e This value must be the same as the value entered in New Password Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference USER_PASS Page 149 4 4 4 Web Se
92. 40 168 IPL Version 66 J Jitter Buffer 105 K Keep Alive Interval 100 Key Click Tone 126 KEY_PAD_TONE 184 L Label Name No 1 24 122 LAN Port 75 Language 82 Language Selection 16 19 20 82 Language Selection for the Unit 16 Line 1 Line 4 81 260 Administrator Guide Line No 69 Line Settings 145 208 LINE ENABLE n 213 Link Speed Duplex Mode 75 Local Firmware Update 130 251 LOCAL_TIME_ZONE_POSIX 154 Login Account Settings 138 149 MAC Address 67 MACRODIGIT_TIM 180 Maintenance 64 Maintenance Tab 64 128 Management Server 133 Management Server Authentication 134 Management Server Settings 139 165 Management Server URL 133 Master Configuration File 37 132 161 Master File URL 132 MAX_DELAY_n 202 Maximum Delay 105 Maximum RTP Port Number 102 Microsoft Excel 236 239 Microsoft Outlook 236 241 MIN DELAY n 203 Minimum Delay 105 Minimum RTP Port Number 102 Miscellaneous Network Settings 141 178 Miscellaneous Telephone Settings 143 197 Miscellaneous VoIP Settings 144 206 Model 66 Month 88 89 N NAPT 80 NAT 27 80 100 225 NAT Identity 100 NAT Traversal 27 81 National Access Code 111 NATIONAL_ACCESS_CODE 181 Network 57 Network Settings 140 168 Network Status 66 67 256 Network Tab 57 70 New Password 83 84 No Answer Enable Call Forward 119 No Answer Phone Number 120 No Answer Ring Count 120 NOM_DELAY_n 203 NOTES 2 NTP Server Address 87 NTP ADDR 176 NTP
93. 5432 and so on when Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match is set to Yes the call is made after the inter digit timer expires e Ifthe dialed phone number is 21234567 598765432 and so on when Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match is set to No the call is denied after the inter digit timer expires No Match Example 2346789 11 01 2 9 x 2 9 xxxxxxxxx e Ifthe dialed phone number is 0011 1011 and so on when Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match is set to Yes the call is made after the inter digit timer expires e Ifthe dialed phone number is 0011 1011 and so on when Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match is set to No the call is denied 6 3 Flexible Buttons KX UT133 KX UT136 only You can customize the flexible buttons on the unit They can then be used to make or receive outside calls or as feature buttons These settings can be programmed either through the Web user interface see 4 6 3 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 only or by configuration file programming see 5 5 5 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 only Note e This feature may not be supported on your phone system The following types of flexible buttons are available Button Description Lamp Indication DN Used to seize the line assigned to the DN Off Idle Directory Number button When a call Green on The extension is on a call using arrives at the DN button pressing the button the DN button a
94. 6 1 2 Call Rejection Phone Numbers 2 ccccccascecsceescsesscceeeesecceeseteeeeeenensnenenensssenssesecees 112 ee EA AO oak oa ONE A OR ON N N 112 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 ie EE ee ee AA AA AA AR AAR GR ee ee ee ee 112 4 6 2 1 Call ln ge EE 113 BI el Ede Eu 113 Voice Mail Access Number 113 Enable Shared Cal 114 Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward esse sesse ee ee ee ee ee ee 114 Resource List UR 115 4 6 2 2 Dial AE N N N N 115 Dial Plan max 500 COMMIS es se Ee RR eke ee ee SE Ie 115 Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match 115 4 6 2 3 Call Features Ee Ee EE AN ER casas ee Ne Se Me WE 116 Block Caller Ip Ee satus faves RE ela Ee Ee Ee EE ED 116 Block Anonymous Gale Ee RE ga ee ek Re ie ai ek ese ed ge hoek 116 Elo 117 4 6 2 4 Call Forward EE 117 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 7 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents 8 Unconditional Enable Call Forward iese Roe RE ER Ke Ke KERE EE ER EE Ge ee Ge ee ee ee 117 Unconditional Phone tee AE ER EE EE 118 Busy Enable Call Forward EE 118 Bisy Phone Numeri iinta ie De ee ke ii eni ER 119 No Answer Enable Call Forward issie sak sae ER ee Ge EE GE RA RE RAKA KEER ke Ge Ge Ge Gee ee 119 No Answer Phone Number Segoe Sege gege OE SR eb Ge DE REDE Ge See EDE 120 No Answer Ring ee EO ER EE EE OE N 120 4 6 3 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 onb
95. 6 only HTTP Client HTTP Client Settings HTTP Version v Page 77 ings HTTP User Agent v Page 77 HTTP Authentication Authentication ID v Page 77 Authentication Password v Page 78 Proxy Server Settings Enable Proxy v Page 78 Proxy Server Address v Page 78 Proxy Server Port v Page 78 Global Address Global Address Detection Method v Page 79 SSES SES Detection Interval v Page 79 STUN Server STUN Server Address v Page 79 STUN Server Port v Page 80 Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Administrator Guide 57 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List Access 1 Menu Item Section Title Setting Lavel Ref U A Static NAPT Global IP Address Global IP Address v Page 80 tti SST Enable Global IP Line 1 Line 4 v Page 81 Address Usage per Line External RTP Port Channel 1 25 v Page 81 The access levels are abbreviated as follows U User A Administrator A check mark indicates that the setting is available for that access level This setting can also be configured through other programming methods phone user interface programming or configuration file programming If your phone system dealer does not allow you these settings you cannot change them even though the unit shows the setting menu Contact your phone system dealer for further information This setting can also be configured through configuration file programming
96. 7 2 Local Firmware Update can be performed regardless of this setting e Firmware updates using TR 069 can be performed regardless of this setting Value Range e Yes es No Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference FIRM_UPGRADE_ENABLE Page 157 Update Type Description Selects whether to display a confirmation message asking the user to perform a firmware update manual or perform the firmware update without asking the user automatic when the unit detects a newer version of firmware Note e This setting is available only when Enable Firmware Update is set to Yes e Changing this setting may require restarting the unit Value Range e Automatic e Manual Default Value Automatic Configuration File Reference FIRM_UPGRADE_AUTO Page 158 Firmware File URL Description Specifies the URL where the firmware file is stored Note e This setting is available only when Enable Firmware Update is set to Yes e Changing this setting may require restarting the unit Value Range Max 500 characters Default Value Not stored Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 129 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 3 Provisioning Maintenance Configuration File Reference FIRM FILE PATH Page 158 4 7 2 Local Firmware Update This screen allows you to manu
97. 9 INTDIGIT TIM Page 180 MACRODIGIT TIM Page 180 INTERNATIONAL ACCESS CODE Page 180 COUNTRY CALLING CODE Page 180 NATIONAL ACCESS CODE Page 181 DEFAULT LINE SELECT Page 181 DATA LINE MODE Page 181 NUM PLAN PICKUP DIRECT Page 181 TALK PACKAGE Page 182 HOLD PACKAGE Page 182 HOLD RECALL TIM Page 182 AUTO ANS RING TIM Page 182 RINGING OFF SETTING ENABLE Page 183 AUTO CALL HOLD Page 183 REDIALKEY CALLLOG ENABLE Page 183 ONHOOK TRANSFER ENABLE Page 183 DISCONNECTION MODE Page 184 TONE LEN DISCONNECT HANDSET Page 184 TONE LEN DISCONNECT HANDSFREE Page 184 KEY PAD TONE Page 184 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 141 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List 142 Category Parameter Name Ref Tone Settings DIAL TONE1 FRO Page 185 DIAL TONE1 GAIN Page 185 DIAL TONE1 RPT Page 185 DIAL TONE1 TIMING Page 185 DIAL TONE2 FRO Page 186 DIAL TONE2 GAIN Page 186 DIAL TONE2 RPT Page 186 DIAL TONE2 TIMING Page 186 DIAL TONE4 FRO Page 186 DIAL TONE4 GAIN Page 187 DIAL TONE4 RPT Page 187 DIAL _TONE4 TIMING Page 187 BUSY TONE FRO Page 188 BUSY TONE GAIN Page 188 BUSY TONE RPT Page 188 BUSY TONE TIMING Page 188 REORDER TONE FRO Page 189 REORDER TONE GAIN Page 189 REORDER TONE RPT Page 189 REORDER TONE TIMING Page 189 RINGBACK TONE FRO Page
98. Administrator Guide 173 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 4 HTTP Settings Value Range 0 7 Default Value 0 Web User Interface Reference PC Priority KX UT123 KX UT 133 KX UT 136 only Page 76 5 4 4 HTTP Settings HTTPD_PORTOPEN_AUTO Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether the unit s Web port is always open Value Range e y Web port is always open s N Web port is closed can be opened temporarily through phone user interface programming Notice e Ifyou want to set to Y please fully recognize the possibility of unauthorized access to the unit through the Web user interface and change this setting at your own risk In addition please take full security measures for connecting to an external network and control all passwords for logging in to the Web user interface Default Value N HTTP_VER Value Format Integer Description Specifies which version of the HTTP protocol to use for HTTP communication Value Range e 1 Use HTTP 1 0 0 Use HTTP 1 1 Note e For this unit it is strongly recommended that you specify 1 for this setting However if the HTTP server does not function well with HTTP 1 0 try changing the setting 0 Default Value 1 Web User Interface Reference HTTP Version Page 77 HTTP_USER_AGENT Value Format String Description Specifies the te
99. All configurable settings can be specified in the configuration file You can ignore settings that already have the desired values Only change parameters as necessary 2 5 Configuration File Examples The following examples of configuration files are provided on the Panasonic Web site see Introduction Simplified Example of the Configuration File e Comprehensive Example of the Configuration File 2 5 1 Examples of Codec Settings Setting the Codec Priority to 1 G 729A 2 G 726 32 3 PCMU 4 G 722 Codec Settings Enable G722 CODEC_ENABLE1_n CODEC_PRIORITY1_n wa Disable PCMA CODEC_ENABLE2_n N Enable G726 32K CODEC_ENABLE3_n Y CODEC_PRIORITY3_ n wo Enable G729A CODEC_ENABLE4_n CODEC PRIORITY4 n wai Enable PCMU CODEC ENABLES Dei CODEC PRIORITYS po mg 48 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 5 2 Example with Incorrect Descriptions Setting Narrow band Codecs PCMA G 729A and G 726 32 Codec Settings Disable G722 CODEC_ENABLE1_n N Enable PCMA CODEC_ENABLE2_n CODEC_PRIORITY2_n 1 Enable G726 32K CODEC_ENABLE3_n Y CODEC PRIORITY3 n 1 Enable G729A CODEC_ENABLE4_n CODEC PRIORITY4 n 1 Disable PCMU CODEC_ENABLE5_n N Setting the G 729A Codec Only Codec Settings Disable G722 CODEC_ENABLE1_n N Disable PCMA CODEC_ENABLE2_n N Disable
100. BLE_1 LINE_ENABLE 2 LINE ENABLE A Value Format String Description Specifies whether a line is enabled or disabled Note e Even when this parameter is enabled if the PROFILE ENABLEn parameter is disabled the line will be disabled Value Range Disabled Enabled Default Value Enabled PROFILE_ENABLEn Parameter Name Example PROFILE ENABLE1 PROFILE ENABLE2 PROFILE_ENABLE4 Value Format String Description Specifies whether a line is enabled or disabled Note e Even when this parameter is enabled if the LINE_ENABLE_n parameter is disabled the line will be disabled Value Range Disabled Enabled Default Value Enabled Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 213 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings SIP AUTHID n Parameter Name Example SIP AUTHID 1 SIP AUTHID 2 SIE AUTHID A Value Format String Description Specifies the authentication ID required to access the SIP server Value Range Max 127 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Authentication ID Page 96 SIP_PASS_n Parameter Name Example SIP PASS 1 SIP PASS 2 SIP_PASS A Value Format String Description Specifies the authentication password u
101. C 3261 Value Range 250 64000 Default Value 32000 Web User Interface Reference Timer F Page 99 SIP_TIMER_H_n Parameter Name Example SIP TIMER H 1 SIP_TIMER_H 2 SIP_TIMER_H 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the value of SIP timer H wait time for ACK reception in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 250 64000 Default Value 32000 Web User Interface Reference Timer H Page 99 SIP_TIMER_J_n Parameter Name Example SIP TIMER J 1 SIP TIMER J 2 SIP TIMER J 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the value of SIP timer J wait time for non INVITE reguest resending in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 0 250 64000 Default Value 5000 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 231 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Web User Interface Reference Timer J Page 99 ADD TRANSPORT UDP n Parameter Name Example ADD TRANSPORT UDP 1 ADD TRANSPORT UDP 2 ADD TRANSPORT UDP 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to add the attribute transport udp to the SIP header URI Value Range Y Add Transport UDP N Do not add Transport UDP Default Value N ADD EXPIRES HEADER n Parameter Name Example
102. CONTACT ON ACK 1 SIP CONTACT ON ACK 2 SIP CONTACT ON ACK 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to add the Contact header to SIP ACK message Value Range e Y Add the Contact header N Do not add the Contact header Default Value N SIP_TIMER_B_n Parameter Name Example SIP TIMER B 1 SIP TIMER B 2 SIP TIMER B 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the value of SIP timer B INVITE transaction timeout timer in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 250 64000 Default Value 32000 Web User Interface Reference Timer B Page 98 230 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 SIP TIMER Dn 5 7 2 SIP Settings Parameter Name Example SIP TIMER D 1 SIP TIMER D 2 SIP TIMER D 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the value of SIP timer D wait time for answer resending in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 0 250 64000 Default Value 5000 Web User Interface Reference Timer D Page 99 SIP_TIMER_F_n Parameter Name Example SIP_TIMER F 1 SIP TIMER F 2 SIP TIMER F 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the value of SIP timer F non INVITE transaction timeout timer in milliseconds For details refer to RF
103. DN prov example com Units MAC addresses e 0080F0111111 e 0080F0222222 URL of the configuration files Configure the following 2 settings either by pre provisioning or through the Web user interface The values of both settings must be the same e CFG STANDARD FILE PATH http prov example com Panasonic Config MAC cfg CFG MASTER FILE PATH http prov example com Panasonic ConfigCommon cfg Directory on the provisioning Create the Panasonic directory just under the HTTP root directory of the server containing the provisioning server configuration files File name of configuration Store the following configuration files in the Panasonic directory files Contains the common settings for the 2 units ConfigCommon cfg Contains the settings unique to each unit Config0080F0111111 cfg Config0080F0222222 cfg To set up the provisioning server 1 Connect the units to the network and turn them on a The unit with the MAC address 0080F0111111 accesses the following URLs http prov example com Panasonic ConfigCommon cfg http prov example com Panasonic ConfigO080F0111111 cfg b The unit with the MAC address 0080F0222222 accesses the following URLs http prov example com Panasonic ConfigCommon cfg http prov example com Panasonic ConfigOQ080F0222222 cfg 44 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846
104. E 150 DST_OFFSET 151 DST_START_DAY_OF_WEEK 152 DST START MONTH 151 DST START ORDINAL DAY 151 DST START TIME 152 DST STOP DAY OF WEEK 153 DST STOP MONTH 153 DST STOP ORDINAL DAY 153 DST STOP TIME 154 DTMF 106 DTMF Type 106 DTMF_INTDIGIT_TIM 207 DTMF_SIGNAL_LEN 207 E Editing with Microsoft Excel 239 Embedded web 20 Enable DNS SRV lookup 96 Enable DST Enable Summer Time 88 Enable Firmware Update 129 Document Version 2011 06 Enable Global IP Address Usage per Line 81 Enable Provisioning 131 Enable Proxy 78 Enable Shared Call 114 Enable SSAF SIP Source Address Filter 101 Enable Synchronization by NTP 87 Enable VLAN 75 Encryption 45 130 Encryption Key 45 162 163 End Day and Time of DST End Day and Time of Summer Time 89 Entering Characters 24 Error Codes 256 Ethernet Link Status LAN Port 67 Ethernet Link Status PC Port 67 Ethernet Port Settings 74 140 172 Export Button 238 Export Phonebook 127 238 Exporting Data from Microsoft Outlook 241 Extension PIN 126 EXTENSION_PIN 196 External RTP Port 81 F Factory Defaults 16 29 52 Factory Setting 29 File Name 127 130 Firewall and Router Setup 26 FIRM FILE PATH 158 FIRM UPGRADE AUTO 158 FIRM UPGRADE ENABLE 157 FIRM VERSION 157 Firmware File URL 129 Firmware Maintenance 128 129 250 Firmware Server 30 250 Firmware Update 30 128 157 249 250 Firmware Update Settings 139 157 250 Firmware Version 66 FIRSTDIGIT
105. E GRA 126 Number Matching Upper Dio SERE SERE EE EE REGEER EER ESE see Se EE Ee 126 4 6 6 Import Phonebook 127 4 6 6 1 Import PhonebOOK ee ee ee ee AA RA RE ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee AR AAPEEE EE ee ee S 127 File Name ee ae E IAA Pd Fo Ee Re eN EG N De Pe ee 127 4 6 7 Export Phonebook i iese sesse se ee ER Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 127 4 7 Ma inten ane i iccccieicsnececcelicuetceessdedsvesdsvesndecnsderceccvenecestousebavccnsvvestusserseedicietesbereesinvessusssee 128 4 7 1 Firmware Maintenance 2 cesseeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeceeeceeeceneeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenas 128 4 7 1 1 Firmware Maintenance seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeaaaeaaaeaaseaedeesenseeeeeees 129 Enable Firmware Update ees ee esse eek ee AR Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eke AR 129 Update Type aripii ee e ee AA AAR Ee AR ER AE A ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee AAR 129 Firmware File URL essiri israr ire ee ee ee ee ee AA AA RA AR Oa 129 4 7 2 Local Firmware Update ccccceccceceeeeeeceeeeeeaeeaaaaeaaaeaaeeaeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaaaaaes 130 4 7 2 1 Local Firmware Update nosnnooeennenennnrnnttttttetererrnnnttnntttntttrteesrerennnnnnnntnrntnttneeenneee 130 ENCYPIO ER OE ME cert Terie ry Sere eer ONE REEN EE 130 Kile E LTE 130 4 7 3 Provisioning Maintenance vissie Hess es sk NA ee ese N EEN RE Efe de 1
106. E NR GE ee 76 PC VLAN ID KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT 136 on 76 PC Priority KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only ee ee ee ee ee RR 76 4 3 3 ATIP Client Settings sa ss ee EE ee eee ere N Ent 76 4 3 3 1 MATE ee EE 71 AP NerSION oron NEE OE RE aoe es ER EE N 77 ATIP USer PON AE AE EE EE ONE OE AE ER N 71 4 3 3 2 el CNL le le EE T7 Authentication ID 77 Authentication Password cccccccecccceccceeceuucesuuceuueceuucesuucsuuaceuuusuuuceuaueeuaeeuuaesuaneenens 78 4 3 3 3 Proxy Server Settings sess RE IR N N EE EE EES 78 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents Se le dies AR AE AR ER N EDE EE OE OE 78 Proxy Server Address SAO Ee DE AE EA GE DEE Ee ee ee Be GE ES Ie 78 Proxy Serner se SA OE N N N EE ON NEE EE E EEST 78 4 3 4 Global Address CCU se EN EE ea eae tae DE 78 4 3 4 1 Global Address Detection E 79 Detection Method 79 Detection Interval ee ee ee ee ee ee Re ee AA AA Re AAR AAR AAR RA RR ER Re ee ee ee ee ee 79 4 3 4 2 LUN SOVET EE EG oe EE EG a Ee ee ee 79 STUN Server Address ee ans ede RE Ee ge ed ee GE EE eg de ee Ee 79 STON Serner POS EN an EDEN ENE OE ae exist ee Oe eins Ge DERDE ee 80 4 3 5 Static NAPT Settings EA AE etc au tis an N EE EE EE EE untarentaes 80 4 3 5 1 Global IP Address ss Se ee ore ec E Ee EA Ss 80 GlopallP ee 80 4 3 5 2 Enable Global IP Address Usage per Line see ee ek Ee EE KG G
107. ED ID 1 SIP P PREFERRED ID 2 SIP_P PREFERRED ID 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to add the P Preferred Identity header to SIP messages Value Range e Y Add the P Preferred Identity header e N Do not add the P Preferred Identity header 226 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Default Value SIP_PRIVACY_n Parameter Name Example SIP_PRIVACY_1 SIP_PRIVACY_2 SIP_PRIVACY_4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to add the Privacy header to SIP messages Value Range e Y Add the Privacy header s N Do not add the Privacy header Default Value N ADD_USER_PHONE_n Parameter Name Example ADD USER PHONE 1 ADD USER PHONE 2 ADD USER PHONE 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to add user phone to the SIP URI in SIP messages Value Range Y Add user phone e N Do not add usersphone Note e SIP URI example sip 1111 tokyo example com user phone when set to Y sip 1111 tokyo example com when set to N Default Value N SDP_USER_ID_n Parameter Name Example SDP USER ID 1 SDP USER ID 2 SDP USER ID A Value Format String Description Specifies the user ID used
108. EE EE N Ee 105 4 5 4 4 IRAN see eee EE ED EE SE EE ES DR ED EI 106 DTME Type E AR EA AR EA RR ER ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 106 4 5 4 5 Call OMG EE 106 Supports RFC 2543 tc000D RR RR ER ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 106 4 5 4 6 CODEC EE En e 107 errie ol RR EE EK ORE Ee 107 G22 PRONI OE RR EE EA EE 107 PEMA Efiable Sas se a Gee Ee ae An Pn Re ee se ee ee n eo ee ee WEE 107 POMAMPMOMUY Si SEED SE EE DE DEE SE EE EE Ge GE Ge oe Ge ee Oe ee ed oe ee 107 G726 32 Enable sistini ee ee ee AR AAR EE ee ee REAA ee ee ee AAR ER Ee ee ee 107 726 32 dei E 108 G729A Enable T E E ee ee ee ee AA AA AAR EA RR ee ee ee ee 108 GT29A PONY ERA AE EER N 108 PCMU Enable EE EE N N eneen eee 108 so RR OR N OR OE EE REG 108 4 6 LE ie OE EE EE RE EE EE 109 4 6 1 Cal CONTO EE 109 4 6 1 1 Cal Control RE aina aAA ee Vasa EE SEGE EER ER Ge GE Eaa EE De AA ee SE 109 Send SUBSCRIBE to Voice Mail Server esse see see ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Ee 109 Conference Server UR 110 AUST ele Rg ei AE RE EE AA LE 110 Timer for Dial Plan 110 International Call Prefix i s EER EE ER EE ie eve recs EE ceed sou ee Seen Eg EE ee EE EN gee Ee ee 110 Country Calling Code AE N EE EI EE OR WE AE EDE 111 National Access Code 111 Default Line for OUDE so SERE ESE EERS SKA RENEE GENRE EEN BRAN SERE Bee ore Erai ed 111 Flash Recall BIO Eise sn ee tats det tee Gee bg de ee EED Ge ere 111 Flash Hook Event 112 Direct Call Pickup ee ee ee 112 4
109. EEEE EENES 159 OP TONGS TEE 159 OP TONGS REBOOT ees Ee 159 SES RR E OE HA Eee NE AE 159 CF STANDARD EIE PATH EE 160 Cro PRODUCT FICE PATH EE 160 CPG MASTER EIE PAU sos ss sos ese Ene DE Ee Oe dies Oes ee Re AE ye 161 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 9 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents CFG FILE AE ER N EET ER EE EE DA ON 162 GEGEE KEY E 163 CEG FILE 2 EE EE EE OE EE MOE EE es 163 EG EIE KEY LENGTE ee se ee Re ee Ge ere eee eee eee ee 163 Bede is do MORE EE RE OO EE EO eege 163 EE ee EE OE EE Ed 164 GFG RIRY INTVE EE EE EN AO MO AE N AE ORE 164 Hoed MI SEE RE EE EE EE EEEa 164 EG RESYNG FROM SIE cachet eect daa east Me se oa ee Eege ea ai 165 5 3 6 Management Server Settings SE RE EE ove Pees DE De BEE Ge eee 165 dd MEE ME EER N ENE EE OE EE EE 165 ACS USERID is as ees Re N lie ee EG ee ee ee Geel 165 eds EE EE AE ONE OE OO EE EE ER N 166 PERIODIC INFORM ENABLE iese ees ese EDE nes ie See dee ee ie Oe Ge Seg ee Ee 166 PERIODIC INFORM Ri WR 166 FERIODIG INEORM TIME esse oes ee ie sk Ge de be ee ee ek ee 166 CON REQ USER ID Sassa ss ve RE ees bie ae ee Ee eo ia es 167 CON REQ PASS AA N EE LE EA OE ee 167 5 4 Network SGU GS see de Ge Ee N ON N GE AG GR Ge Ge ea ae De eed oe 168 5 4 1 lee ie AE EL N EE EE 168 CONNEC TION TYPE EER sende ei es ee EEA ee n ee ee ee ee SI Aa Es 168 HOS T NAME iss ie ee DE ee Ge Ge EO ee GE De GE AD e
110. ENABLE 2 RFC2543 HOLD ENABLE 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the RFC 2543 Call Hold feature on this line Value Range e Y Enable RFC 2543 Call Hold e N Disable RFC 2543 Call Hold Note e If set to Y the c 0 0 0 0 syntax will be set in SDP when sending a re INVITE message to hold the call e If set to N the C x x x x syntax will be set in SDP Default Value Y Web User Interface Reference Supports RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 Page 106 DTMF_SIGNAL_LEN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the length of the DTMF signal in milliseconds Value Range 60 200 Default Value 180 DTMF_INTDIGIT_TIM Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval in milliseconds between DTMF signals Value Range 60 200 Default Value 90 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 207 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 1 Call Control Settings 5 7 Line Settings 5 7 1 Call Control Settings DISPLAY NAME n Parameter Name Example DISPLAY NAME 1 DISPLAY NAME 2 DISPLAY NAME A Value Format String Description Specifies the name to display as the caller on the other party s phone when you make a call Value Range Max 24 characters Note e You can use Unicode characters for this setting Default Value Empty string Web U
111. EO EE EE oe 68 DING Fess EE OE NE ER EE EE N GE 69 4 2 3 VOIP Status si EE eee ee laces aer Ee ES SE Ee 69 4 2 3 1 VolP Status AR N OE EE OE N 69 NE NGS ER EE 69 Phone Number 70 ie boe ii SR N EE N OE OE N EO N NN 70 4 3 NGCWO EK SE EE EE OA nada E EEES 70 4 3 1 Basic Network Side OE AE EE EE EA EEN 70 4 3 1 1 Connection Mode MPPP 71 Connection Mode EE Se ed ee ed ee AE E Eden eg ee EE 71 4 3 1 2 DHCP Setting iis ee ee ee ee ee ee Re AR ER Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee AA AR EA EE Ee ee ee ee ee 71 HOSE INGA EE EE OE OE OE DE EE DE OD EG IE EE EE N Ee Ie ie 71 Domain Name Server ees ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 72 4 3 1 3 Ee e Le ED een eee ee EE 72 Static IP Address ees ees ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 72 SUubnet EE 73 Default Gateway AA AE N ME N OE EER EER EO OE 73 BIER EE DE RE EE OE EE N EA EE ER 73 DNS ee Ee DR EE e 74 4 3 2 Ethernet Po oe LIN ss EE Sct cs sess EER ER n a EO RE GR ee OE Ge ed ee 74 4 3 2 1 Link Speed Duplex Mode iii ee AR AAR ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee AA RR RR RE ee ee ee ee ee 75 LAN PO EE 75 PC Port KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only es ee ee ee AA Re AAR 75 4 3 2 2 ES ke ne AR AA AE EEN tic ence eed EA EA EN 75 Enable VLAN RR RR OE N RE OE EE N 75 IP Phone VEAN ID ie SEE cot Ee Ese ee ee GE devises ee Ee catia thee ee kk eet Ee Ee Ee 75 IP Pine UP ONY ce as dae ee ER GE EE Oe EE NR ea lei DA E
112. For details refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site see Introduction Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Ethernet Port Settings Network Link Speed Duplex Mode LAN Port Auta Negotiation HTTP Client Settings PC Part Auto Negotiation Detection Sees Oves ONo VLAN ID 2 1 4094 IP Phone Priority 7 sl VLAN ID 1 1 4094 PC Priority Del The phone reboots automatically if you change the settings on this screen 74 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 2 Ethernet Port Settings 4 3 2 1 Link Speed Duplex Mode LAN Port Description Selects the connection mode link speed and duplex mode of the LAN port Value Range e Auto Negotiation e 100 Mbps Full Duplex e 100 Mbps Half Duplex e 10 Mbps Full Duplex e 10 Mbps Half Duplex Default Value Auto Negotiation PC Port KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only Description Selects the connection mode link speed and duplex mode of the PC port Value Range e Auto Negotiation e 100 Mbps Full Duplex e 100 Mbps Half Duplex e 10 Mbps Full Duplex e 10 Mbps Half Duplex Default Value Auto Negotiation 4 3 2 2 VLAN Settings Enable VLAN Description Selects whether to use the VLAN feature to perform VoIP communication securely Value Range e
113. Format Integer Description Specifies the line used to make an outgoing call when no line is specified in the dialing operation Note e The available line number varies depending on the type of the unit being used Value Range 1 2 for KX UT113 KX UT 123 1 4 for KX UT133 KX UT 136 Default Value 1 Web User Interface Reference Default Line for Outgoing Page 111 DATA_LINE_MODE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable sending and receiving using data line mode Value Range Y Enable Data Line Mode e N Disable Data Line Mode Default Value N NUM_PLAN_PICKUP_DIRECT Value Format String Description Specifies the feature number assigned to a BLF for performing call pickup Value Range Max 4 characters consisting of 0 9 and Default Value Empty string Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 181 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 1 Call Control Settings Web User Interface Reference Direct Call Pickup Page 112 TALK_PACKAGE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the Click to Answer Retrieve functions Note e When this parameter is set to Y talk is added to the Allow Events header Value Range e y Enable Talk Package e N Disable Talk
114. G726 32K CODEC_ENABLE3_n N Enable G729A CODEC_ENABLE4_n Y CODEC_PRIORITY4 n 1 Disable PCMU CODEC_ENABLE5_n N Do not set PCMU CODEC_G711_REQ 0 2 5 2 Example with Incorrect Descriptions The following listing shows an example of a configuration file that contains incorrect formatting An improper description is entered in the first line A configuration file must start with the designated character sequence Panasonic SIP Phone Standard Format File Comment lines start in the middle of the lines Space characters are inserted in the middle of the setting line A specified value is not in the range allowed for that setting Incorrect Example This is a simplified sample configuration file O HERR HE E AE FE E HE FE FE E FE FE RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR E FE FE RR FE FE FE E FE FE FE HE HE FE FE HE HE HEHE Configuration Setting AE HE HE FE FE E E FE FE E HE FE FE HE FE FE FE HE FE FE FE FE RR FE E FE RR RR RR FE FE E HE FE FE FE FE FE RR FE FE FE RR FE FE HE HE FE FE HE HE HEHE Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 49 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 5 2 Example with Incorrect Descriptions 50 CFG STANDARD FILE PATH http config example com 0123456789AB cfg URL of this configuration file HE FEAE AE HE FE AEE HE FE AE HE FE FE EHE FE FEAE HE FE FE AE ER RR BH RR RE RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RH RR RR RR SIP Settings Suffix _1
115. IAL PLAN n Value Range e Y Enable dial plan filtering e N Disable dial plan filtering Note e If setto Y the dialed number will not be sent to the line when the number dialed by the user does not match any of the dial formats specified in the dial plan e If set to N the dialed number will be sent to the line even if the number dialed by the user does not match any of the dial formats specified in the dial plan Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match Page 115 SHARED_CALL_ENABLE_n Parameter Name Example SHARED CALL ENABLE 1 SHARED CALL ENABLE 2 SHARED CALL ENABLE 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the Shared Call feature of the SIP server which is used to share one line among the units Note e You cannot set both SHARED CALL ENABLE n and FWD_DND_SYNCHRO_ENABLE_n to Y at the same time e Availability depends on your phone system Value Range e yY Enable shared call e N Disable shared call Note e If set to Y the SIP server will control the line by using a shared call signaling method e If set to N the SIP server will control the line by using a standard signaling method Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Enable Shared Call Page 114 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 209 www InternetVoipPhone co uk
116. IP 18X RTX INTVL n Page 222 SIP PRSNC ADDR o Page 223 SIP PRSNC PORT o Page 223 SIP 2NDPRSNC ADDR n Page 223 SIP 2NDPRSNC PORT n Page 223 USE DEL REG OPEN n Page 224 USE DEL REG CLOSE n Page 224 PORT PUNCH INTVL n Page 224 SIP ADD RPORT n Page 225 SIP REOURI PORT n Page 225 SIP SUBS EXPIRE n Page 226 SUB RTX INTVL n Page 226 REG RTX INTVL n Page 226 SIP P PREFERRED ID n Page 226 SIP PRIVACY n Page 227 ADD USER PHONE n Page 227 SDP USER ID n Page 227 SUB INTERVAL RATE n Page 227 SIP OUTPROXY ADDR o Page 228 SIP OUTPROXY PORT o Page 228 146 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 2 1 Configuration File Parameters Category Parameter Name Ref SIP TRANSPORT n Page 228 SIP ANN DISPNAME n Page 229 SIP ANN USERNAME n Page 229 SIP ANM HOSTNAME n Page 229 SIP DETECT SSAF oi Page 230 SIP CONTACT ON ACK n Page 230 SIP TIMER Bn Page 230 SIP TIMER D o Page 231 SIP TIMER Pn Page 231 SIP TIMER H n Page 231 SIP TIMER J n Page 231 ADD TRANSPORT UDP n Page 232 ADD EXPIRES HEADER n Page 232 SIP HOLD HOLDRECEIVE n Page 232 SIP ADD DIVERSION n Page 232 SIP RESPONSE CODE DND Page 233 SIP RESPONSE CODE CALL REJECT Page 233 1 This setting can also be configured through the Web user interface 5 2 General Information on the Configuration Files 5 2 1 Configuration File Param
117. N dusts bone ee ee ee setae ee ee aai Enie 216 SIP_ SESSION METHOD M AE EE N EE ER EE OE EN 217 DSGR SIRAN EE AE OT EO EA EE AE 217 SIP 2NDPROXY ADDR M EE EE N N EE OE EE 217 SIE 2NDPROXY PORT N ars els Ge soe oe ne ie skeie ge a ee ee Ng 217 SIP_2NDRGSTR_ADDR Men sen see Sies sn eN de N ee eens ef ds ea 218 SIE ANDRGS IR PORT ee 218 SP HUMER TI EE EA DE ME ER OE ER AE ER EE 218 SIE TIMER Has id oe ee rT ee 219 SIPS TIMER V4 10 N OAR AE N EE 219 SEEM IIOP SP He saci canst a n ee ee Oe Ee ee 219 SIP FOVR AE RE RE OE EE ER E Dana 220 SIP REPRE SHER N ss ses n See ee ee seke ee ss eb Ee ei Bee ee ee ge ee 220 SIE DNSSRV ENA M sea esse ss es AAE ds Re EE Re SE Ee Ee as ads Se 220 SIP UDP SRV PREFIX mn 221 SIP TCP SRV PREFIX mn 221 SIE IOOREI ENABLE M osse side deco ai Gee ee ee ee Ve ee ee ee E NEEE 222 SIP_INVITE EXPIRE M RR EE N OE EE HE 222 SIP IE RIX INTVE Wi ss ees ee Re EN EE eer OE GE ee ere ree 222 ads EE v d EE N EER RR EE EE 223 SIE PR NE FORT T eege 223 SIE ANDEESNE ADDR eene eene ENS es ie Re RE ss RS ien de en Da 223 SIE ANDERS NE PORT Reeg 223 USE DEL REG OPEN ees eers Gees RENE Re Ee Ee Ses Ee ee sean AE ARE EEN ES 224 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 13 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents 14 USE DEL Ee de SN AE N EE EE RE N OO 224 PORT PUNCH INTVE EE 224 af Ed ie MA N OE MONTEER ER EE EN 225 SIP REQUR PORT ss se ste De De ee oe Ee ee EE
118. NE1_FRQ Page 185 Tone Timings Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of dial tones using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Note e The unit will not play the tone for the duration of the first value play it for the duration of the second value stop it for the duration of the third value play it again for the duration of the fourth value and so on The whole sequence will then repeat For example if the value for this setting is 100 100 100 0 the unit will not play the tone for 100 ms play it for 100 ms stop it for 100 ms and then play it continuously e Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Default Value 60 0 Configuration File Reference DIAL_TONE1_ TIMING Page 185 4 6 4 2 Busy Tone Tone Frequencies Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of busy tones using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 480 620 Configuration File Reference BUSY TONE FRO Page 188 Tone Timings Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of busy tones using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value o
119. ORE Signaling for Analog Interfaces section 14 using up to 8 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 5000 0 Infinite time Default Value 400 200 400 200 800 4000 BELL_CORE_PATTERN4_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the cadence in milliseconds of pattern ID 4 described in the LSSGR GR 506 CORE Signaling for Analog Interfaces section 14 using up to 8 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 5000 0 Infinite time Default Value 300 200 1000 200 300 4000 BELL CORE PATTERNS TIMING Value Format Integer Description Specifies the cadence in milliseconds of pattern ID 5 described in the LSSGR GR 506 CORE Signaling for Analog Interfaces section 14 using up to 8 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 5000 0 Infinite time Default Value 500 5 5 3 Telephone Settings DISPLAY_NAME_REPLACE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether the name saved in the phonebook is used in place of the name display if a matching entry is found Value Range e y Enable Display Name Replace e N Disable Display Name Replace Default Value Y NUMBER_MATCHING_LOWER_DIGIT Value Format Integer 194 Administrator
120. P Telephone Maintenance Web Port Close Call Control Line 1 EE Eet Display Name Ed Line 1 Voice Mail Access Number Enable Shared Call OYes No Line 4 lt 3 r Flexible Button Settings n ee oe EE OYes No Resource List URI Import Phonebook Export Phonebook Dial Plan max 500 columns Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match Yes OND Block Caller ID Ces No Block Anonymous Call OYes No Do Not Disturb OYes No Enable Call Forward OYes No Unconditional A oe 4 6 2 1 Call Control Display Name Description Specifies the name to display as the caller on the other party s phone when you make a call Value Range Max 24 characters Note e You can use Unicode characters for this setting Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference DISPLAY_NAME_n Page 208 Voice Mail Access Number Description Specifies the phone number used to access the voice mail server Note e Your phone system must support voice mail Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference VM_NUMBER_n Page 208 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 113 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 Enable Shared Call Description Selects whether to enable the Shared Call feature of the SIP server which is used to share one line among the units Not
121. P operation SYSLOG EVENT TEL Logs syslog events regarding telephone functions Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Index Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 257 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Index Numerics 1 30 112 A Access Level 21 56 Access Levels IDs and Passwords 19 21 Accessing the Web User Interface 22 ACS_PASS 166 ACS_URL 165 ACS_USER_ID 165 ADD EXPIRES HEADER n 232 ADD TRANSPORT UDP n 232 ADD USER PHONE n 227 ADJDATA GAIN 197 ADMIN ID 149 ADMIN PASS 149 Administrator Password 82 Audience 2 Authentication ID 77 96 134 Authentication Password 78 96 134 AUTO ANS RING TIM 182 AUTO CALL HOLD 183 Available Values for the Dial Plan Field 244 B Basic Network Settings 16 70 Basic Network Setup 16 Before Accessing the Web User Interface 20 BELL_CORE_PATTERN1_TIMING 193 BELL_CORE_PATTERN2_TIMING 193 BELL_CORE_PATTERN3_TIMING 193 BELL_CORE_PATTERN4_TIMING 194 BELL CORE PATTERNS TIMING 194 Block Anonymous Call 116 Block Caller ID 116 Busy Enable Call Forward 118 Busy Phone Number 119 Busy Tone 123 BUSY TONE FRO 188 BUSY TONE GAIN 188 BUSY TONE RPT 188 BUSY TONE TIMING 188 C Call Control 109 112 113 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 112 Call Control Settings 141 145 179 208 244 Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match
122. P outbound proxy server Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_OUTPROXY_ADDR_n Page 228 Outbound Proxy Server Port Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP outbound proxy server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 5060 Configuration File Reference SIP OUTPROXY PORT n Page 228 4 5 2 4 SIP Service Domain Service Domain Description Specifies the domain name provided by your phone system dealer The domain name is the part of the SIP URI that comes after the symbol Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_SVCDOMAIN_n Page 215 4 5 2 5 SIP Source Port Source Port Description Specifies the source port number used by the unit for SIP communication Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 95 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Value Range 1024 49151 Note e You cannot specify here the same port number as any of the port numbers in Channel 1 25 in 4 3 5 3 External RTP Port if they are configured In addition you cannot specify a port number that is 1 greater than a port number specified in Channel 1 25 The available channel number varies depending on the type
123. PANASONIC_IPTEL_ONETOUCH X_PANASONIC_IPTEL_ACD Default Value X PANASONIC IPTEL DN Web User Interface Reference Type No 1 24 Page 121 FLEX BUTTON FACILITY ARGX Value Format String Description Optional argument associated with the specified Facility Action for the flexible button For details see 6 3 1 Flexible Button Settings Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value 1 Web User Interface Reference Parameter No 1 24 Page 121 FLEX_BUTTON_QUICK_DIALx Value Format String Description Specifies a quick dial destination number to be used for the flexible button Note e This parameter cannot be specified via Web user interface programming Therefore when using Web user programming and configuration file programming in conjunction FLEX_BUTTON_FACILITY_ACTx should be set to X_PANASONIC_IPTEL ONETOUCH Value Range Max 32 characters consisting of 0 9 and Default Value Empty string Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 199 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 1 Codec Settings FLEX BUTTON LABELX Value Format String Description Specifies the message to be displayed on the screen when the flexible button is pressed Value Range Max 10 characters Note e You can use Unicode characters for this setting Default Value E
124. PORT 176 NUM PLAN PICKUP DIRECT 181 Number Matching Lower Digit 126 Number Matching Upper Digit 126 NUMBER MATCHING LOWER DIGIT 194 NUMBER MATCHING UPPER DIGIT 195 NW SETTING ENABLE 178 Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Index O ONHOOK_TRANSFER_ENABLE 183 Open Source Software Notice 2 Opening Closing the Web Port 20 Operating Bank 66 OPTION66_ENABLE 159 OPTION66_REBOOT 159 Other Network Settings 26 OUTBANDDTMF n 206 OUTBANDDTMF VOL 206 Outbound Proxy Server 95 Outbound Proxy Server Address 95 Outbound Proxy Server Port 95 Outline 2 Overview of Programming 18 P Parameter No 1 24 121 PC Priority 76 PC VLAN ID 76 PC Port 75 PCMA Enable 107 PCMA Priority 107 PCMU Enable 108 PCMU Priority 108 PERIODIC_INFORM_ENABLE 166 PERIODIC_INFORM_INTERVAL 166 PERIODIC_INFORM_TIME 166 Phone Number 70 93 Phone User Interface Feature List and Direct Commands 52 Phone User Interface Programming 18 52 PHONE_NUMBER_n 212 Phonebook Data in Text Format 238 Phonebook deletion 52 Phonebook Import and Export 236 Port Close Timer 86 Port Forwarding 27 PORT PUNCH INTVL n 224 POUND KEY DELIMITER ENABLE 196 Pre provisioning 32 Presence Server Address 94 Presence Server Port 94 Primary DNS Server 17 68 72 73 170 172 Priority of Setting Methods 46 Product Configuration File 37 132 161 Product File URL 132 PROFILE_ENABLEn 213 P
125. Package Default Value N HOLD_PACKAGE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the Click to Hold function Note e When this parameter is set to Y hold is added to the Allow Events header Value Range e y Enable Hold Package e N Disable Hold Package Default Value N HOLD_RECALL_TIM Value Format Integer Description Specifies the duration of the hold recall timer If set to 0 the function is disabled Value Range 0 240 0 Disable Default Value 60 AUTO ANS RING TIM Value Format Integer Description Specifies the number of seconds a phone in Auto Answer mode will ring before a conversation is established automatically when it receives a call Value Range 0 15 182 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 1 Call Control Settings Default Value RINGING OFF SETTING ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether incoming call ringing can be turned off for the phone If disabled users cannot prevent incoming calls from ringing Value Range e Y Enable Ringing Off setting N Disable Ringing Off setting Default Value Y AUTO CALL HOLD Value Format Boolean Description Selects whether calls are disconnected or held when a DN
126. Panasonic Administrator Guide lt KX UT136 gt SIP Phone KX UT113 KX UT123 Model No KX UT 1 33 KX UT 1 36 Thank you for purchasing this Panasonic product Please read this manual carefully before using this product and save this manual for future use KX UT113 KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 Software File Version 01 000 or later In this manual the suffix of each model number is omitted unless necessary Document Version 2011 06 Introduction Introduction Outline This Administrator Guide provides detailed information on the configuration and management of this unit Audience This Administrator Guide contains explanations about the installation maintenance and management of the unit and is aimed at network administrators and phone system dealers Technical descriptions are included in this guide Prior knowledge of networking and VolP Voice over Internet Protocol is required Related Documentation Getting Started Briefly describes basic information about the installation of the unit Operating Instructions Describes information about the installation and operation of the unit Manuals and supporting information are provided on the Panasonic Web site at http www panasonic com sip for users in the United States http panasonic net pcc support sipphone for users in all other countries areas Technical Support When technical support is required contact your phone system dealer Open Source Software
127. Password for confirmation Value Range 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Note e This value must be the same as the value entered in New Password Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 83 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 3 Change User Password Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference ADMIN PASS Page 149 44 3 Change User Password This screen allows you to change the password used to authenticate the User account when logging in to the Web user interface Note e For security reasons the characters entered for the password are masked by special characters which differ depending on the Web browser After you change the user password the next time you access the Web user interface the authentication dialog box appears 2 consecutive login failures will result in an error 401 Unauthorized This restriction only applies the first time you attempt to log in after changing the password In all other circumstances an error occurs after 3 unsuccessful login attempts Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Change User Password system feb Lennuege Current Password Administrator Password Change User Passwor a Web Server Settings Time Adjust Settings New Password 6 16 characters Confirm New Password Save Cancel
128. R 3 1 3 Terminal Number Settings You can select the terminal number of the unit that you are using from Terminal 1 Terminal 9 and Auto The default setting is Auto Auto does not assign a fixed terminal number to the unit If multiple units try to access the same router simultaneously errors can occur Assigning a terminal number 1 to 9 to each of the units may prevent such errors To assign a terminal number to the unit 1 EA soft button gt 7 3 1 2 Y 4 Select the desired terminal number Auto Terminal 1 Terminal 9 ENTER 3 CANCEL 3 1 4 Reset Web ID Password Reset Web ID Password resets all the IDs and passwords required for users and administrators to access the Web user interface see Access Levels IDs and Passwords in 1 1 6 3 Before Accessing the Web User Interface to their factory defaults You can perform this operation from the unit 52 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 3 1 4 Reset Web ID Password To perform Reset Web ID Password 1 ETA soft button 7 3 9 2 Tit Select Yes for Reset Web ID Password ENTER All the IDs and passwords are reset and the unit will restart Notice e Once you press 7 3 9 Reset Web ID Password is performed immediately and without asking for confirmation regardless of the communication status As a result the unit is disc
129. R 106 Device LAN AddressingType CONNECTION TYPE Page 168 TR 106 Device LAN IPAddress STATIC IP ADDRESS Page 169 TR 106 Device LAN SubnetMask STATIC SUBNET Page 169 TR 106 Device LAN DefaultGateway STATIC_GATEWAY Page 170 TR 106 Device Time NTPServer1 NTP_ADDR Page 176 TR 106 Device ManagementServer URL ACS_URL Page 165 TR 106 Device ManagementServer Username ACS USER ID Page 165 TR 106 Device ManagementServer Password ACS PASS Page 166 TR 106 Device ManagementServer Periodiclnfo PERIODIC INFORM ENABLE Page 166 rmEnable Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide Ai www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files Parameter Name Requirement Ref TR 069 Parameter Configuration File Parameter TR 106 Device ManagementServer PeriodicInfo PERIODIC_INFORM_INTERVAL Page 166 rmlnterval TR 106 Device ManagementServer Periodiclnfo PERIODIC INFORM TIME Page 166 rmTime TR 106 Device ManagementServer Connection CON_REQ USER_ID Page 167 RequestUsername TR 106 Device ManagementServer Connection CON_REQ PASS Page 167 RequestPassword TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile RTP_PTIME Page 204 i Line i Codec List i PacketizationPeriod TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile CODEC ENABLEX n Page 201 il Line fi Codec List il Enable TR 104 Device VoiceService fi VoiceProf
130. ROVISION_ENABLE 159 Provisioning 36 Provisioning Maintenance 38 130 131 Provisioning Server 35 44 Provisioning Settings 38 139 159 Proxy Server Address 78 94 Proxy Server Port 78 94 Proxy Server Settings 78 Q Quality of Service QoS 99 104 Document Version 2011 06 R Recommended Environment 20 REDIALKEY_CALLLOG_ENABLE 183 Refresh Button 24 67 69 REG_EXPIRE_TIME_n 216 REG_INTERVAL_RATE_n 216 REG_RTX_INTVL_n 226 Registrar Server Address 93 Registrar Server Port 93 Related Documentation 2 Reliability of Provisional Responses 100 222 Reorder Tone 125 REORDER TONE FRO 189 REORDER TONE GAIN 189 REORDER TONE RPT 189 REORDER TONE TIMING 189 Reset 29 Reset to Defaults 134 Reset Web ID Password 22 52 Reset Web Settings 30 Reset Web Settings Button 134 Resource List URI 115 RESOURCELIST_URI_n 210 Restart 135 Restart Button 135 Result Messages 24 Resync Interval 133 RETURN VOL SET DEFAULT ENABLE 211 RFC2543 HOLD ENABLE n 207 RINGBACK TONE FRO 190 RINGBACK TONE GAIN 190 RINGBACK TONE RPT 190 RINGBACK TONE TIMING 190 Ringing Tone 124 RINGING OFF SETTING ENABLE 183 Root Certificate 45 175 Router Setup 28 RTCP Enable 104 RTCP Interval 105 RTCP_ENABLE_n 205 RTCP_INTVL_n 202 RTCP_SEND_BY_SDP_n 205 RTP Real time Transport Protocol Setup 28 RTP Packet QoS DSCP 104 RTP Packet Time 102 RTP Settings 28 102 144 202 RTP_CLOSE_ENABLE_n 205 RIP PORT MAX 204 RTP PORT MIN 203 RIP PTIME
131. RR ed ie 149 5 3 1 Login Account Settings iss ees ae eke RS RE ee Ee AR Ao GE ER 149 AE EE EA ER AE NE EE OE EE 149 ADMIN PAS RADE NE EE MA ORE AE EE EO e EE 149 USERID es MERE er er EE EE AE RR ER EE EE EE EE oe 149 USER PASS ii naas ies es Een tee AG de ae oe ne aa ani 149 5 3 2 System Lime Settings acnes AO EE EE ED 150 NME ZONE RE NE ERA OT ME AE N RE HE ELS 150 Ee 150 DE TIOEF WEE 151 DE T slART MONTH 2 56 EES n reer ere ee eee ie Ee ee EO DEE GE ee 151 DST_START_ORDINAL_DAY E 151 DST START DAY OF WEEK ss se ced oe SN see se eg ee EST 152 DT START TIME asse ns es es ie ee n RE ie ae ie ed ede sede ed 152 BSI STOP MON HI EE ER OE EE OE N E 153 DaT STOF ORDIMAL DAY EEN 153 DSI STOP DAY O WEEK es ie dee 153 BARE Sie MME MEE AE N ME EE EE NE N OE EIEN 154 LOCAL TIME ZONE POSE Res es ses SR es ERA EG Re Ge ie DE SEN OE AGE EE 154 5 3 3 EE 155 SYOLOG EVENT SP Si ete sesse ee eer ee Ge RE Cree eee EE ee ee GEE 155 ydele ede io As RE ORE OE OE N DO Ee 155 SYSLOG EVENT VOIP rieien araro E E EE OEIT es AE 156 SYSLOG EVENIT TEL ia ns aiea errr cry ada nai ENE EN EO Ee ee i TERAS 156 SYOLOG ADOR EE 156 hel EEN 156 SYSLOG RIPSMLY IN IVL Toe sisie EER eie ENE Ee ee DE SE ere ge 157 5 3 4 Firmware Update Settings EE 157 FIRM UPGRADE ENABLE sei Got Se ER ee SE ee IE ee ee ee ee EEEE EEEE 157 Gel WE e WEE 157 PPR EPA of diie EE ER OE EE 158 FIRMERILE PA KEE 158 5 3 5 Provisioning SO UNOS sees Be Ee Ee AA Ek Es EE DEE
132. Ref U A Tone Settings Dial Tone Tone Frequencies v Page 122 Tone Timings v Page 123 Busy Tone Tone Frequencies v Page 123 Tone Timings v Page 123 Ringing Tone Tone Frequencies v Page 124 Tone Timings y Page 124 Stutter Tone Tone Frequencies v Page 124 Tone Timings v Page 124 Reorder Tone Tone Frequencies v Page 125 Tone Timings v Page 125 Telephone Telephone Settings Key Click Tone v v Page 126 ding Extension PIN v v Page 126 Number Matching Lower v Page 126 Digit Number Matching Upper v Page 126 Digit Import Import Phonebook File Name v v Page 127 Phonebook Export Export Phonebook v v Page 127 Phonebook 1 The access levels are abbreviated as follows U User A Administrator A check mark indicates that the setting is available for that access level 2 This setting can also be configured through configuration file programming Maintenance Access i Menu Item Section Title Setting Lavel Ref U A Firmware Firmware Maintenance Enable Firmware Update v Page 129 Maint EE Update Type v Page 129 Firmware File URL v Page 129 Local Firmware Local Firmware Update Encryption v Page 130 Updat GER File Name v Page 130 64 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Document Version 2011 06 4 2 1 Version Information Access Menu Item Section Title Setting Lever Ref
133. SIP RESPONSE CODE DND 233 SIP RGSTR ADDR n 215 SIP RGSTR PORT n 215 SIP SESSION METHOD n 217 SIP SESSION TIME n 216 SIP SRC PORT n 214 SIP SUBS EXPIRE n 226 SIP SVCDOMAIN n 215 SIP TCP SRV PREFIX n 221 SIP TIMER B n 230 SIP TIMER D n 231 SIP TIMER F n 231 SIP TIMER H n 231 SIP TIMER J n 231 SIP TIMER T1 n 218 SIP TIMER T2 n 219 SIP TIMER T4 n 219 262 Administrator Guide SIP TRANSPORT n 228 SIP UDP SRV PREFIX n 221 SIP URI n 212 SIP USER AGENT 212 Source Port 95 SRV lookup Prefix for TCP 97 SRV lookup Prefix for UDP 97 SSAF SIP Source Address Filter 101 230 SSL 45 Standard Configuration File 37 131 160 Standard File URL 131 Start Day and Time of DST Start Day and Time of Summer Time 88 Static IP Address 72 Static NAPT Settings 28 80 Static Settings 72 STATIC_GATEWAY 170 STATIC_IP_ADDRESS 169 STATIC_SUBNET 169 Statistical Information 104 Status 56 Status Tab 56 65 STUN Server 29 79 177 STUN Server Address 79 STUN Server Port 80 STUN Settings 140 177 STUN 2NDSERV ADDR 177 STUN 2NDSERV PORT 178 STUN SERV ADDR 177 STUN SERV PORT 177 Stutter Tone 124 SUB_INTERVAL_RATE_n 227 SUB_RTX_INTVL_n 226 Subnet Mask 68 73 Supports 100rel RFC 3262 100 Supports RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 106 Supports Rport RFC 3581 101 Supports Session Timer RFC 4028 100 Synchronization 87 Synchronization Interval 87 Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward 114 Syslog Settings 138
134. T1 Timer Page 98 SIP TIMER T2 n Parameter Name Example SIP TIMER T2 1 SIP TIMER T2 2 SIP TIMER T2 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the maximum interval in seconds between transmissions of SIP messages For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range e 2 e 4 e 8 e 16 e 32 Default Value 4 Web User Interface Reference T2 Timer Page 98 SIP_TIMER_T4_n Parameter Name Example SIP TIMER T4 1 SIP TIMER TA 2 SIP TIMER T4 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the maximum period in seconds that a message can remain on the network Value Range e 0 e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4 e 5 Default Value 0 SIP_FOVR_NORSP_n Parameter Name Example SIP_FOVR_NORSP_1 SIP_FOVR_NORSP 2 SIP FOVR NORSP 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to perform the fail over process when the unit detects that the SIP server is not replying to SIP message Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 219 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Value Range e Y Enable fail over e N Disable fail over Note e If set to Y the unit will try to use the other SIP servers via the DNS SRV and A records e If set to N the unit will not try to use the other SIP servers Default Value SIP_FOVR_MAX_n Parameter Nam
135. TCP Default Value UDP Configuration File Reference SIP_TRANSPORT_n Page 228 4 5 2 9 Timer Settings T1 Timer Description Selects the default interval in milliseconds between transmissions of SIP messages For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range e 250 500 e 1000 e 2000 e 4000 Default Value 500 Configuration File Reference SIP_TIMER_T1_n Page 218 T2 Timer Description Selects the maximum interval in seconds between transmissions of SIP messages For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range es 2 e 4 e 8 e 16 32 Default Value 4 Configuration File Reference SIP_TIMER_T2_n Page 219 Timer B Description Specifies the value of SIP timer B INVITE transaction timeout timer in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 250 64000 Default Value 32000 98 Configuration File Reference SIP_TIMER_B_n Page 230 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Timer D Description Specifies the value of SIP timer D wait time for answer resending in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 0 250 64000 Default Value 5000 Configuration File Reference SIP_TIMER_D_n Page 231 Timer F Description Specifies the value of SIP ti
136. U Provisioning Provisioning Enable Provisioning v Page 131 Maintenance Maintenance Standard File URL p Page 131 Product File URL v Page 132 Master File URL v Page 132 Cyclic Auto Resync v Page 132 Resync Interval v Page 133 Header Value for Resync v Page 133 Event Management Management Server Management Server URL v Page 133 ener Management Server Authentication ID v Page 134 GEESS Authentication Password v Page 134 Reset to Defaults Reset Web Data vi Page 134 Restart Restart v Page 135 1 The access levels are abbreviated as follows U User A Administrator A check mark indicates that the setting is available for that access level 2 This setting can also be configured through configuration file programming 4 2 Status This section provides detailed descriptions about all the settings classified under the Status tab 4 2 1 Version Information This screen allows you to view the current version information such as the model number and the firmware version of the unit Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Version Information Status Version Information Model KX UT139X slak ed Operating Bank Bank1 IPL Version 01 14 S N Bank1 00 045 Firmware Version Bank2 00 021 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 65 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 2 2 Network Status 4 2 1 1 Version Inform
137. Y DNS1 ADDR and DNS2 ADDR have first priority NI DNS1 ADDR and DNS2 ADDR have no priority Note e If set to Y the DNS servers specified in DNS1 ADDR and DNS2 ADDR will be queried first If the queries fail the DNS server specified by the user DHCP or static will be gueried e If set to N the DNS server specified by the user DHCP or static will be gueried first If the guery fails the DNS servers specified in DNS1 ADDR and DNS2 ADDR will be queried Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 171 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 3 Ethernet Port Settings Default Value N DNS1_ADDR Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the primary DNS server for your phone system dealer Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string DNS2_ADDR Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the secondary DNS server for your phone system dealer Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string 5 4 3 Ethernet Port Settings VLAN_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to use the VLAN feature to perform VoIP communication securely Note e This setting is available only when NW SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range
138. Yes e No Default Value No Configuration File Reference VLAN_ENABLE Page 172 IP Phone VLAN ID Description Specifies the VLAN ID for this unit Value Range 14094 Default Value 2 Configuration File Reference VLAN_ID_IP_PHONE Page 172 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 75 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 3 HTTP Client Settings IP Phone Priority Description Selects the priority number for the unit 0 7 7 Value Range Default Value Configuration File Reference VLAN PRI IP PHONE Page 173 PC VLAN ID KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only Description Specifies the VLAN ID for the PC Value Range 1 4094 Default Value 1 Configuration File Reference VLAN_ID_PC Page 173 PC Priority KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only Description Selects the priority number for the PC Value Range 0 7 Default Value 0 Configuration File Reference VLAN_PRI_PC Page 173 4 3 3 HTTP Client Settings 76 This screen allows you to change the HTTP client settings for the unit in order to access the HTTP server of your phone system and download configuration files Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance HTTP Client Settings Web Port Close Network HTTP Client Settings HTTP Version OHTTPALOOHTTPII SE HTTP Client Settings
139. _DISCONNECT_HANDSFREE Value Format Integer Description Specifies the duration in seconds that a disconnect tone will be heard while in hands free mode when the other party ends a call Value Range 1 15 Default Value 3 KEY_PAD_TONE Value Format Boolean Description Selects whether a tone is heard in response to key presses Value Range e y Enable Key Pad Tone e N Disable Key Pad Tone Default Value Y Web User Interface Reference Key Click Tone Page 126 184 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 2 Tone Settings 5 5 2 Tone Settings DIAL_TONE1_FRQ Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of Dial Tone 1 using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 350 440 Web User Interface Reference Tone Frequencies Page 122 DIAL_TONE1_GAIN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of Dial Tone 1 Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 DIAL_TONE1_RPT Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether Dial Tone 1 is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 0 DIAL_TONE1_TIMING Value Format Comma se
140. _TIM 179 Flash Hook Event 112 Flash Recall Button 111 FLASH_RECALL_TERMINATE 211 FLASHHOOK_CONTENT_TYPE 211 FLEX_BUTTON_FACILITY_ACTx 199 FLEX_BUTTON_FACILITY_ARGx 199 FLEX_BUTTON_LABELx 200 FLEX_BUTTON_QUICK_DIALx 199 Flexible Button Settings 121 143 199 247 Flexible Buttons 246 247 FWD_DND_SYNCHRO_ENABLE_n 210 G G722 Enable 107 G722 Priority 107 G726 32 Enable 107 G726 32 Priority 108 G729A Enable 108 G729A Priority 108 Global Address Detection 28 78 79 Global IP Address 80 Administrator Guide 259 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Index H Header Value for Resync Event 133 HOLD ALARM FRO 191 HOLD ALARM GAIN 191 HOLD ALARM RPT 191 HOLD ALARM TIMING 191 HOLD PACKAGE 182 HOLD RECALL TIM 182 HOLD TONE FRO 192 HOLD TONE GAIN 192 HOLD TONE RPT 193 HOLD TONE TIMING 193 Host Name 71 HOST_NAME 168 HTTP Authentication 77 HTTP Client Settings 76 77 HTTP Settings 140 174 HTTP User Agent 77 HTTP Version 77 HTTP_SSL_VERIFY 175 HTTP_USER_AGENT 174 HTTP_VER 174 HTTPD_PORTOPEN_AUTO 174 HTTPS 45 46 Import Button 238 Import Phonebook 127 238 Import Export File Format 237 Import Export Operation 238 INBANDDTMF_VOL 206 Incorrect Example 49 Initial Delay 105 INTDIGIT_TIM 180 Inter digit Timeout 110 International Call Prefix 110 INTERNATIONAL_ACCESS_CODE 180 IP Address 68 IP Phone Priority 76 IP Phone VLAN ID 75 IP Reset 29 IP Settings 1
141. acters e Availability depends on your phone system Value Range Max 195 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Conference Server URI Page 110 FIRSTDIGIT_TIM Value Format Integer Description Specifies the length of time in seconds within which the first digits of a dial number must be dialed When this timer expires the unit will play a busy tone Value Range 1 600 Default Value 30 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 179 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 1 Call Control Settings INTDIGIT TIM Value Format Integer Description Specifies the length of time in seconds within which subsequent digits of a dial number must be dialed When this timer expires after the last key was pressed dialing will start Value Range 1 15 Default Value 5 Web User Interface Reference Inter digit Timeout Page 110 MACRODIGIT_TIM Value Format Integer Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the unit waits for before dialing the telephone number as modified according to the dial plan Value Range 1 15 Default Value 5 Web User Interface Reference Timer for Dial Plan Page 110 INTERNATIONAL ACCESS CODE Value
142. al Firmware Update e While transferring the phonebook data the connection with the unit was interrupted 4 6 6 Import Phonebook 4 6 7 Export Phonebook Failed Invalid File The operation failed because e The imported UTF 16 text file has an invalid BOM Byte order Mark 4 6 6 Import Phonebook e The firmware file is corrupted or invalid 4 7 2 Local Firmware Update Failed File Size Error The operation failed because e The size of the imported phonebook is too large 4 6 6 Import Phonebook e The size of the firmware file is insufficient 4 7 2 Local Firmware Update Failed Busy The operation failed because e When attempting to import export the phonebook data the connection with the unit has been disconnected 4 6 6 Import Phonebook 4 6 7 Export Phonebook Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 25 1 1 7 Other Network Settings Result Message Description Applicable Screens Memory Full The operation failed because 4 6 6 Import Phonebook e When attempting to import the phonebook data the total number of phonebook entries including the existing entries exceeds the limit of up to 100 for the KX UT113 500 for the KX UT123 KX UT 133 KX UT 136 entries No Data The operation failed because 4 6 6 Import Phonebook e The imported phonebook file contain
143. ally update the units firmware from a PC by clicking Update Firmware Note After the firmware has been successfully updated the unit will restart automatically Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Local Firmware Update Web Port Close Maintenance Local Firmware Update Firmware Maintenance N Encryption Yes ONo Local Firmware Update S Browse Provisioning File Name rowse Maintenance Update Firmware 4 7 2 1 Local Firmware Update Encryption Description Selects whether the firmware files are encrypted or not Value Range e Yes e No Default Value Yes File Name Description Specifies the path of the firmware file to be imported Value Range No limitation Note There are no limitations for the field entry However it is recommended that paths of less than 256 characters be used longer paths may cause longer data transfer times and result in an internal error Default Value Not stored 4 7 3 Provisioning Maintenance This screen allows you to change the provisioning setup to download the configuration files from the provisioning server of your phone system 130 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 3 Provisioning Maintenance Note e Each unit can accept up to 3 configuration files For details about provisioning see 2 2 Provisioning
144. ameter Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 1 5 the first week of the month the second week of the month the third week of the month the fourth week of the month the fifth week of the month l OON Default Value 2 Web User Interface Reference Day of Week Page 88 DST START DAY OF WEEK Value Format Integer Description Specifies the day of the week on which DST Summer Time starts Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 0 6 0 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday l Oo E oh A CO Default Value 0 Web User Interface Reference Day of Week Page 88 DST_START_TIME Value Format Integer Description Specifies the start time of DST Summer Time in minutes after 12 00 AM Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified 152 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 2 System Time Settings Value Range 0 1439 Default Value 120 Web User Interface Reference Time Page 89 DST STOP MONTH Value Format Integer Description Specifies the month in which DST Summer Time ends N
145. anasonic ConfigSales cfg Planning http prov example com Panasonic ConfigPlanning cfg 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files Downloading a Configuration File via the Web User Interface The following procedure describes how to enable downloading a configuration file via the Web User Interface to be used for programming the unit 1 2 Confirm that the provisioning server s IP address FQDN and directory are correct and store the configuration files in the directory e g http provisioning example com Panasonic Config_Sample cfg Enter the IP address of the unit into the PC s Web browser see 1 1 6 3 Before Accessing the Web User Interface Log in as the administrator Click the Maintenance tab click Provisioning Maintenance and then select Yes for Enable Provisioning Enter the URL set up in Step 1 in Standard File URL Click Save Timing of Downloading A unit downloads configuration files when it starts up at regular intervals and when directed to do so by the server In addition you can prohibit units from downloading the configuration files For details about the settings see 4 7 3 Provisioning Maintenance and 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings Download Timing Explanation Startup The configuration files are downloaded when the unit starts up 38 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 4 Dow
146. ange e Yes es No Note Ifyou select Yes the Reliability of Provisional Responses function will be enabled The option tag 100rel will be added to the Supported header of the INVITE message and to the Require header of the 1xx provisional message If you select No the option tag 100rel will not be used Default Value No Configuration File Reference SIP_100REL_ENABLE_n Page 222 Supports Session Timer RFC 4028 Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the unit waits before terminating SIP sessions when no reply to repeated requests is received For details refer to RFC 4028 Value Range 0 60 65535 0 Disable Default Value 0 Configuration File Reference SIP_SESSION_TIME_n Page 216 4 5 2 12 NAT Identity Keep Alive Interval Description Specifies the interval in seconds between transmissions of the Keep Alive packet to the unit in order to maintain the NAT binding information Note This setting is available only when Transport Protocol is set to UDP Value Range 0 10 300 0 Disable Default Value 0 Configuration File Reference PORT_PUNCH_INTVL_n Page 224 100 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 3 VolP Settings Supports Rport RFC 3581 Description Selects whether to add the
147. anging the Language for Phone User Interface Programming iss ee ees ee 19 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming iese sere seke ee EE ERA KAR ENE Ke GER EDE RE AK ASE ER AE Re Gee Ge ee ee 19 1 1 6 1 Password for Web User Interface Programming esse ee ee RR Re ee ee ee ee 19 1 1 6 2 Changing the Language for Web User Interface Programming ee ee ee ee ee 20 1 1 6 3 Before Accessing the Web User Interface iese eek ERA EE EE RARR DE Ee EE EE Ee Gee 20 1 1 6 4 Accessing the Web User Interface is see RE ER ERG KA Ge AR ARE AE Re ER EE EER be De Gee ee dee ee 22 1 1 7 Other Network Settings es AE ee RE GE de EE Re EE RE ee 26 1 1 7 1 Firewall and Router Setup ceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeaaaeaeseaneeegeneneees 26 1 1 7 2 NAT Network Address Translation Setup AAA 27 1 1 7 3 Global Address Detection sae EER SERE RE Ge ES DAE Sack Gents Goal PARS REED ERGE EER RAS N Re ee 28 1 2 Reset and Firmware Update ee ee Ee ER RR RA EA AR EE AREA ARE Ge REG GREG eGGE ReGEE RA EE EE ER EE ER Ee 29 1 2 1 EE eebe AE Ee GE EE EE OR ER OE OE 29 1 2 1 1 Resetting to Factory Default Factory Setting iese ees ee 29 1 2 1 2 Resetting the Network Settings IP Reset ie ee ee ee ee RR RR Re ee ee ee ee ee 29 1 2 1 3 Resetting the Settings Made through the Web User Interface Reset Web SUMS ase stats Se ESE RE beard cals ee ae ee N ede a 30 1 2 2 Firmware Update A 30 2 General
148. at Boolean Description Specifies whether to add the option tag 100rel to the Supported header of the INVITE message For details refer to RFC 3262 Value Range e y Enable 100rel function e N Disable 100rel function Note e If set to Y the Reliability of Provisional Responses function will be enabled The option tag 100rel will be added to the Supported header of the INVITE message and to the Require header of the 1xx provisional message If setto N the option tag 100rel will not be used Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Supports 100rel RFC 3262 Page 100 SIP_INVITE_EXPIRE_n Parameter Name Example SIP INVITE EXPIRE 1 SIP INVITE EXPIRE 2 SIP INVITE EXPIRE 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the period in seconds in which the INVITE message will expire Value Range 0 60 65535 0 Disable Default Value 0 SIP_18X_RTX_INTVL_n Parameter Name Example SIP_18X_RTX_INTVL_1 SIP_18X_RTX_INTVL_2 SIP 18X RTX INTVL 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the retransmission interval in seconds for 18x responses Value Range 0 1 600 0 Disable Default Value 0 222 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings SIP PRSNC ADDR n Parameter Name Example SIP PRSNC ADDR 1 SIP PRSNC ADDR
149. ata type Choose the file type that best describes your data Delimited Characters such as commas or tabs separate each field Fixed width Fields are aligned in columns with spaces between each field Start import at row 1 File origin Windows ANSI Preview of file D WUsers YIT Desktop PhoneBook Phonebook tsv Aaron MacDowel012340011 Barbara Nicol1s012340022 Carl O Brien012340033 Dorothy Parker012340044 Tskkkk J TE Regardless of what is selected for File origin the file will be processed normally if the format is appropriate 5 On the Text Import Wizard Step 2 of 3 window select Tab for Delimiters and then click Next Text Import Waard Step 2 of3 ea This screen lets you set the delimiters your data contains You can see how your text is affected in the preview below Pamies aar E Treat consecutive delimiters as one E Semicolon E Comma E Space Other Text qualifier 7 Z Data preview h aron MacDowel 1234001 E 3 arbara Nicolls 1234002 d arl O Brien 1234003 orothy Parker 1234004 240 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 1 3 Exporting Data from Microsoft Outlook 6 On the Text Import Wizard Step 3 of 3 window select all columns in Data preview select Text in Column data format and then click F
150. ation Model Description Indicates the model number of the unit reference only Value Range Model number Default Value Current model number Operating Bank Description Indicates the storage area of the firmware that is currently operating reference only Value Range es Bank e Bank Default Value Not applicable IPL Version Description Indicates the version of the IPL Initial Program Load that runs when starting the unit reference only Value Range IPL version nn nn n 0 9 Default Value Current IPL version Firmware Version Description Indicates the version of the firmware that is currently installed on the unit reference only Value Range Bank1 Bank2 Firmware version nn nnn n 0 9 Default Value Current firmware version 4 2 2 Network Status This screen allows you to view the current network information of the unit such as the MAC address IP address Ethernet port status etc Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 2 2 Network Status Clicking Refresh updates the information displayed on the screen Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Network Status Status Version Information network status l MAC Address VolP Status Ethernet L
151. ation screen 24 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming Result Message Description Applicable Screens Complete The operation has successfully completed All screens except 4 6 7 Export Phonebook Failed Parameter Error The operation failed because Some specified values are out of range All screens or invalid Failed Memory Access The operation failed because All screens Failure e Access error to the flash memory occurred while reading or writing the data Failed Transfer Failure The operation failed because All screens e A network error occurred during the data transmission Failed Busy The operation failed because All screens e The unit is in an operation that accesses the flash memory of the unit e When attempting to import export the phonebook data the unit is on a call e While transferring the phonebook data a Call arrived at the unit 4 6 6 Import Phonebook 4 6 7 Export Phonebook e When updating the firmware the unit is ona call 4 7 2 Local Firmware Update Failed Canceled The operation failed because e While transferring the phonebook data IP Reset was performed on the unit 4 6 6 Import Phonebook 4 6 7 Export Phonebook e While transferring the firmware file IP Reset was performed on the unit 4 7 2 Loc
152. ble firmware updates e N Disable firmware updates Default Value Y Web User Interface Reference Enable Firmware Update Page 129 FIRM_VERSION Value Format String Description Specifies the firmware version of the unit Note Changing this setting may require restarting the unit Value Range 00 000 15 999 Default Value Empty string Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 157 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 4 Firmware Update Settings FIRM UPGRADE AUTO Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to display a confirmation message asking the user to perform a firmware update manual or perform the firmware update without asking the user automatic when the unit detects a newer version of firmware Note This setting is available only when FIRM UPGRADE ENABLE is set to Y Changing this setting may require restarting the unit Value Range e Y Enable automatic firmware update e N Disable automatic firmware update Default Value Y Web User Interface Reference Update Type Page 129 FIRM_FILE_PATH Value Format String Description Specifies the URL where the firmware file is stored Note This setting is available only when FIRM UPGRADE ENABLE is set to Y Changing this setting may require restarting the unit
153. ce Outbound Proxy Server Port Page 95 SIP_TRANSPORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP TRANSPORT 1 SIP_TRANSPORT 2 SIP TRANSPORT A Value Format Integer Description Specifies which transport layer protocol to use for sending SIP packets Value Range e 0 UDP e 1 TCP Note e All the parameters from SIP_TRANSPORT_1 to SIP_TRANSPORT_4 must have the same value 228 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Default Value 0 Web User Interface Reference Transport Protocol Page 97 SIP ANM DISPNAME n Parameter Name Example SIP ANM DISPNAME 1 SIP ANM DISPNAME 2 SIP ANM DISPNAME 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the text string to set as the display name in the From header when making anonymous calls Value Range e 0 Use normal display name 1 Use Anonymous for display name e 2 Do not send a display name Default Value SIP_ANM_USERNAME_n Parameter Name Example SIP_ANM USERNAME 1 SIP_ANM USERNAME 2 SIP_ANM USERNAME 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the text string to set as the user name in the From header when making anonymous calls Value Range e 0 Use normal user name e 1 Use anonymous for user name 2 Do not send a
154. cedures for the unit Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 15 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 3 Basic Network Setup 1 1 Setup 1 1 1 Factory Defaults Many of the settings for this unit have been configured before the unit ships Where possible these settings are configured with the optimum or most common values for the setting For example the port number of the SIP Session Initiation Protocol server is set to 5060 However many of the settings such as the address of the SIP server or the phone number have not been pre configured and they must be modified depending on the usage environment If the port number of the SIP server is not 5060 the value of this setting must be changed This unit thus will not function properly using only the factory default settings The settings for each feature must be configured according to the environment in which the unit is used 1 1 2 Language Selection for the Unit You can change the language used on the LCD In addition various settings can be configured by accessing the Web user interface from a PC on the same network see Section 4 Web User Interface Programming You can select the language for the Web user interface Note e To select the display language for the unit refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site gt see Introduction e To select the display language for the Web user interfac
155. cess Code Default Line for Outgoing 1 Flash Recall Button Flash Hook Event Direct Call Pickup Call Rejection Phone Numbers ti l 2 Terminate Flash Hook Signal O flashhook 4 6 1 1 Call Control Send SUBSCRIBE to Voice Mail Server Description Selects whether to send the SUBSCRIBE request to a voice mail server Note e Your phone system must support voice mail Value Range e Yes e No Default Value No Configuration File Reference VM_SUBSCRIBE_ENABLE Page 179 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 109 4 6 1 Call Control Conference Server URI Description Specifies the URI for a conference server which consists of sip a user part the symbol and a host part for example sip conference example com Note e InaSIP URI the user part conference in the example above can contain up to 63 characters and the host part example com in the example above can contain up to 127 characters e Availability depends on your phone system Value Range Max 195 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference CONFERENCE_SERVER_URI Page 179 Inter digit Timeout Description Specifies the length of time in seconds within which subsequent digits of a dial number must be dia
156. cifies the numerical order usage priority for the G 722 codec Value Range 1 255 Default Value 1 Configuration File Reference CODEC_PRIORITYx_n Page 201 PCMA Enable Description Selects whether to enable the PCMA codec for voice data transmission Value Range e Yes e No Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference CODEC_ENABLEx_n Page 201 PCMA Priority Description Specifies the numerical order usage priority for the PCMA codec Value Range 1 255 Default Value 1 Configuration File Reference CODEC_PRIORITYx_n Page 201 G726 32 Enable Description Selects whether to enable the G 726 32 codec for voice data transmission Value Range e Yes es No Default Value Yes Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 107 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 4 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Configuration File Reference CODEC_ENABLEx_n Page 201 G726 32 Priority G729A Enable Description Selects whether to enable the G 729A codec for voice data transmission Value Range e Yes es No Default Value Yes Description Specifies the numerical order usage priority for the G 726 32 codec Value Range 1 255 Default Value 1 Configuration File Reference CODEC_PRIORITYx_n Page 201
157. conference in the example above can contain up to 63 characters and the host part example com in the example above can contain up to 127 characters e When the BLF feature is assigned to a flexible button it may be necessary to specify this parameter depending on the network environment For details about flexible buttons see 6 3 Flexible Buttons KX UT133 KX UT136 only Value Range Max 195 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Resource List URI Page 115 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 1 Call Control Settings CW_ENABLE_n Parameter Name Example CH ENABLE 1 CW ENABLE 2 CW ENABLE A Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether automatic call waiting is enabled Value Range e Y Enable Call Waiting e N Disable Call Waiting Default Value Y RETURN_VOL_SET_DEFAULT_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether the volume is returned to its default setting after each call Value Range e Volume returns to the default setting after each call N Volume does not change after each call Default Value N FLASH_RECALL_TERMINATE Value Format Boolean Description Selects the function of the
158. control how numbers dialed by the user are transmitted over the network Dial plan settings can be configured on a per line basis These settings can be programmed either through the Web user interface see 4 6 2 2 Dial Plan or by configuration file programming see 5 7 1 Call Control Settings 242 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 2 1 Dial Plan Settings Dial Plan Flowchart When a user dials a single digit on a unit the following sequence of events begins A user dials a single digit on the unit The unit stores each digit dialed before the inter digit timer expires The unit compares the dialed digits with each dial mm mm m mi i SE plan when the inter digit timer expires Do the dialed digits fully or No No Match partially match in the dial plan Yes Complete Match Partial Match Does the dial plan contain for number Does the dial plan No contain for element repetition barring To A The call is denied y Does the dialed number of digits exceed the number of digits up to 2 characters before in the dial plan Does the user press ENTER or the key Does the dial plan include a substitution rule and do the dialed digits match it The inter digit timer starts
159. d a value other than 0 enables detection Default Value 0 4 3 4 2 STUN Server STUN Server Address Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the STUN server Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference STUN_SERV_ADDR Page 177 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 79 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 5 Static NAPT Settings STUN Server Port Description Specifies the port number of the STUN server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 3478 Configuration File Reference STUN_SERV_PORT Page 177 4 3 5 Static NAPT Settings This screen allows you to configure the NAPT Network Address Port Translation settings If the unit is connected behind a router that uses NAT NAPT to translate private IP addresses global IP addresses VoIP packets might be blocked by the router depending on the SIP server To avoid this problem this setting is required For details see 1 1 7 2 NAT Network Address Translation Setup Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Static NAPT Settings Network Global IP Address Global IP Address Null Disable SE Even if it lue for th tti if Global Addi Detection bled a ven if you enter a value for this setting if Global ress Detection is enabled the detected global IP address will be used Global Address
160. e e You cannot set both Enable Shared Call and Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward to Yes at the same time e Availability depends on your phone system Value Range e Yes es No Note e Ifyou select Yes the SIP server will control the line by using a shared call signaling method If you select No the SIP server will control the line by using a standard signaling method Default Value No Configuration File Reference SHARED_CALL_ENABLE_n Page 209 Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward Description Selects whether to synchronize the Do Not Disturb and Call Forward settings configured via the Web user interface or phone user interface between the unit and the portal server that is provided by your phone system dealer Note e Even if you select Yes this feature may not function properly if your phone system does not support it Before you configure this setting consult your phone system dealer e You cannot set both Enable Shared Call and Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward to Yes at the same time Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No Configuration File Reference FWD_DND_SYNCHRO_ENABLE_n Page 210 114 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 Resource List URI Description Specifies t
161. e Day of Week Page 90 DST_STOP_TIME Value Format Integer Description Specifies the end time of DST Summer Time in minutes after 12 00 AM Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 0 1439 Default Value 120 Web User Interface Reference Time Page 91 LOCAL_TIME_ZONE_POSIX Value Format String 154 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 3 Syslog Settings Description Specifies a IEEE 1003 1 POSIX compliant local time zone definition e g EST 5 EDT M4 1 0 2 M10 5 0 2 Note If this parameter is specified the following parameters are disabled and operation will be based on this parameter TIME_ZONE DST_ENABLE DST_OFFSET DST START MONTH DST START ORDINAL DAY DST START DAY OF WEEK DST START TIME DS STOP MONTH DST STOP ORDINAL DAY DST STOP DAY OF WEEK DST STOP TIME Value Range Max 70 characters Default Value Empty string 5 3 3 Syslog Settings SYSLOG EVENT SIP Value Format Integer Description Specifies which SIP related syslog events are sent to the syslog server Note e Ifthe level of the event is higher than or equal to the set value the log is sent to the syslog server e This setting
162. e see 4 4 1 Web Language 1 1 3 Basic Network Setup This section describes the basic network settings that you must configure before you can use the unit on your network You must configure the following network settings e TCP IP settings DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol or static IP address assignment e DNS server settings TCP IP Settings DHCP or Static IP Address Assignment 16 A unique IP address must be assigned to the unit so that it can communicate on the network How you assign an IP address depends on your network environment This unit supports the following 2 methods for assigning an IP address Obtaining an IP Address Automatically from a DHCP Server You can configure the unit to automatically obtain its IP address when it starts up from a DHCP server running on your network With this method the system can efficiently manage a limited number of IP addresses Note that the IP address assigned to the unit may vary every time the unit is started up For details about the DHCP server consult your network administrator Using a Static IP Address Specified by Your Network Administrator If IP addresses for network devices are specified individually by your network administrator you will need to manually configure settings such as the IP address subnet mask default gateway and DNS servers For details about the required network settings consult your network administrator Administrator Guide Document Versi
163. e 121 4 6 3 1 Flexible Button Settings AO AE EE EE dante OO OR 121 MS oe os Ad EG EE SE RE ee Se ER ke GE EG GE Ee OR GR EE 121 Parameter No 1 24 N OE AE OE OE EE 121 Label Name No E AE 122 4 6 4 MONS SOMOS AR OE OE RR EE N EE EE N 122 4 6 4 1 Fe TE Ee ia SO N ELE EE DA EG 122 Tone Frequencies iese ee RR AAR AR ER EER Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 122 E E lee se oe SE sees ED Re eee 123 4 6 4 2 B sy tone niana AE NE OE OE EEN N EES MOES SR EE EEN 123 Tone Frequencies iese ees ek Ee AR AR ER EE Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 123 Kelte ie AE EE EE EER EE ERA EE EE 123 4 6 4 3 Ringing VOUE aie EE ies ee ie Ee AE 124 Tone Frequencies sieren AR AR ER EE Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 124 WO Me ie oe N EL EE EI EES 124 4 6 4 4 Stutter Tone rreraren aae EE EE Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee aa ee ee ee ee 124 Tone Frequencies iese ees se AR Ee AR AR ER EE Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 124 Tone MINGS dese AT OE EN OE OE EE AE EE 124 4 6 4 5 Reorder TONG RE EE ER N RE HE RE TN 125 Tone Frequencies iese ee AR AAR AR ER EER ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 125 Tone TINGS eege 125 4 6 5 Telephone Settings arti ee RE IE EE EE ON NE EO IR 125 4 6 5 1 Telephone El 126 dee die AO RO N EE AE IE RE N AN N 126 sae dd ER TT AE RA OE EE een 126 Number Matching Lower Digit sesde ge ske ASA Se GE Re Es ee ee Eg A
164. e Button 130 251 Update Type 129 USE_DEL_REG_CLOSE_n 224 USE_DEL_REG_OPEN_n 224 USER_DNS1_ADDR_ 170 USER_DNS2_ADDR_ 170 USER_ID 149 USER_PASS 149 Using 2 Types of Configuration Files 37 Using 3 Types of Configuration Files 37 V Version Information 65 66 VLAN Settings 75 VLAN_ENABLE 172 VLAN ID IP PHONE 172 VLAN ID PC 173 VLAN PRI IP PHONE 173 VLAN PRI PC 173 VM NUMBER n 208 VM SUBSCRIBE ENABLE 179 Document Version 2011 06 Voice Mail Access Number 113 VoIP 59 VoIP Settings 101 104 143 200 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 104 VoIP Status 69 70 256 VoIP Tab 59 91 W Web Language 20 82 Web Port 20 23 85 86 Web Port Close Button 21 22 23 Web Server Port 85 Web Server Settings 85 Web User Interface Programming 19 55 Web User Interface Setting List 56 Web User Interface Window 23 Administrator Guide 263 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Panasonic System Networks Co Ltd 1 62 4 chome Minoshima Hakata ku Fukuoka 812 8531 Japan Copyright This material is copyrighted by Panasonic System Networks Co Ltd and may be reproduced for internal use only All other reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the written consent of Panasonic System Networks Co Ltd Panasonic System Networks Co Ltd 2011 PNOX3582ZA DDO711MKO v0 005 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846
165. e Dee ee KG Gia 168 DACP INS EIA ds EO RE EE N EN 168 EU el 169 Ree WEE 169 SITE GAIE WA Vs RE SE OE EO ee ee ae eee 170 dose EE SR ER AT N EE EE OE EE OE N 170 USER DNE Eegeregie 170 5 4 2 DNS le e RE EE Ee RE ON RE OR EK 171 Bee ds IE EE EE ee EE es 171 Bod sa se IR EER RE EE OR EG ONE 171 DI 1 ADDR geen 172 Bed ADDR AM AA EE OE OE EE OE OE N OE 172 5 4 3 Gel SC E 172 Ed EI AE NE N N N N N N OR EE EN 172 VEAN e IE PRONE eee nee Ee ee ee eee eee erence ee ee ee 172 VEAN PRI IP PHONE sia ets OR EI OO EE OE AEN aai iaia 173 VEAN TD es os EE OE EL ER NT 173 IE Ra da ME EE EN MAR AA AE N WIE OE AN 173 5 4 4 APIP ME 174 RR GK POR TOP EIN AUTO iis as soas sesse se ea Esel ees ees ae Se ge sade Re GER Gee idee 174 RIA ie AE AE EE OE ER ER EE 174 ATIP LUS ER EE EE 174 ATIP SSE VERIFY EE 175 PG ROOT GERIIEIGATE BATE ane ee sere ee ie see ei ei ae Eg ee Es 175 5 4 5 dime AAS Ao uie AE EE EA N eset 176 NTP ADOR ae EER OE OE EE N ON OE EE LAE 176 MIE ce od Doerner eee rer remem reer ee Ge Ge ke Ee ee re 176 N less od EED tah ad et eet ere OE IE EE EE EE 176 TIME QUERY INTV MR EE AE LO OE EE 177 5 4 6 SARA ESE URE EP AM EE EE E AAN EEN 177 SITUN eege 177 SIUN SEEN PORT ARMS esse esse ke eg ee danas ee eed gs ee ee Ge es be ee es ED ee ea us 177 STUN 2NIDSERV DIR issie osse es Dok Re Eie Ee EO EDE ee ee Des se GAD 177 AR Be sed ie RE EE EE OE EE EE eea is 178 10 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www Intern
166. e Example SIP FOVR MAX 1 SIP FOVR MAX 2 SIP_FOVR_MAX A Value Format Integer Description Specifies the maximum number of servers including the first normal server used in the fail over process Value Range 1 4 Default Value 2 SIP_REFRESHER_n Parameter Name Example SIP_REFRESHER_1 SIP_REFRESHER 2 SIP_REFRESHER_4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether to add the refresher parameter for Session Expire in SIP INVITE Value Range 0 2 0 Do not add the refresher parameter 1 Add the refresher parameter with the value UAS 2 Add the refresher parameter with the value UAC Default Value SIP_DNSSRV_ENA_n Parameter Name Example SIP_DNSSRV_ENA_1 SIP_DNSSRV_ENA 2 SIP DNSSRV ENA 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to request the DNS server to translate domain names into IP addresses using the SRV record Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Value Range Y Enable DNS SRV lookup N Disable DNS SRV lookup Note e If set to Y the unit will perform a DNS SRV lookup for a SIP registrar server SIP proxy server SIP outbound proxy server or SIP presence server e If set to N the unit will not perform a DNS SRV lookup for a SIP registrar server
167. e User Interface Feature List and Direct Commands ii ee ee ee 52 3 1 2 Phonebook deletion EE 52 3 1 3 Terminal Number Settings as EE ER EER ae Ras AAR RE N Es Ee ie Res Ak 52 3 1 4 Reset Web iPass WON assis DERE EKS DEE ER EED DEE DE RA DR EDE EE O AE Ee EE 52 4 Web User Interface Programming ies ee RR RE RR RR KEEN RR RE RR RR GE ER ee 55 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 3 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents 4 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List essseeueCetsegreseuNEKNEKENEEESESSSSEERENEKNNEKKEKEEKEEEEEEEEEENENEKERNeEg 56 4 2 ED OR EE AE EE RE DE OE N EE Oe OE N OR Oe EE ON N 65 4 2 1 Version Information 65 4 2 1 1 Versi n Information ad oe ee SR N vee 66 Model EE 66 Operating Bank AM ME EE EE DEE 66 IPL SG AAR MA OR N OE OER DE EEN ON GE A 66 Firmware Version i e cts oak EE GE ees oe acct vente Ge Ee bce EE ee ee ee AG Ed DE 66 4 2 2 Network Status esse sesse ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Re RR ee Re Re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 66 4 2 2 1 Network Salis MA AR OR EO ec eee 67 IMAG Gelei RE EE EE RE ON RE EE OR EE OR 67 Ethernet Link Status LAN Port ss Ee Ee Ses en EG be Ee Ge ee 67 Ethernet Link Status PC Port KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only iese 67 Connection Mode EES See Ge ee Ge ODE OGE Aes ieee ea 67 TS 68 Subnet haetten 68 Default Gateway AS ER AA AN Oe AE OE OE N OE EO EE AN 68 DNS TE SAREL EE EE EE EE OE DE EE
168. e Web user interface when specifying a name message password or other text item you can enter any of the ASCII characters displayed in the following table with a white background However there are additional limitations for certain types of fields as follows Number field You may only enter a sequence of numeric characters You cannot leave the field empty IP Address field You can enter the IP address using dotted decimal notation e n n n n where n 0 255 You cannot enter invalid IP addresses for example 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 or 127 0 0 1 FQDN field The field cannot contain amp lt gt or trailing spaces You can enter the IP address using dotted decimal notation e n n n n where n 0 255 You cannot enter invalid IP addresses for example 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 or 127 0 0 1 Authentication ID Password field The field cannot contain amp lt gt or space The length of user password and administrator password must be from 6 to 16 characters Display Name field see Display Name in 4 6 2 1 Call Control This is the only field in which you can enter Unicode characters Result Messages When you click Save after changing the settings on the current configuration screen one of the following messages will appear in the upper left area of the current configur
169. e Web user interface with the User account the language will be changed after the message Complete is displayed If you are logged in with the Administrator account the language will be changed when a user logs in to the Web user interface as User The language used for the Web user interface for the Administrator account is always English The language used for the unit remains unchanged even if the language for the Web user interface is changed Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Web Language System Web Language AE Language English US v Administrator Password Change User Password Web Server Settings Time Adjust Settings 4 4 1 1 Web Language Language Description Selects the language used for the Web user interface Value Range e English US e English UK Deutsch e Francais s Espanol e Italiano e Portugu s e Pycckun Default Value English US 4 4 2 Administrator Password This screen allows you to change the password used to authenticate the Administrator account when logging in to the Web user interface 82 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 2 Administrator Password Note e Forsecurity reasons the characters entered for the password are masked by special characters which differ depending on the Web browser e After you change the administrator pas
170. e assigned by a DHCP server in the higher level network where they are connected the IP address may differ each time the unit transmits data The Global Address Detection feature detects the current global IP address and if the IP address has changed sets it automatically to the SIP server There are 2 methods using STUN Simple Traversal of UDP through Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 2 1 Reset NATs or SIP messages to perform this feature For details about specifying this setting through the Web user interface see 4 3 4 Global Address Detection To set Global Address Detection 1 In the Web user interface click the Network tab click Global Address Detection and then select STUN for Detection Method e Select SIP for Detection Method to perform Global Address Detection by sending SIP messages 2 Enter the desired detection interval seconds in Detection Interval es When you select SIP for Detection Method the value 0 disables detection and a value other than 0 enables detection 3 If you selected STUN for Detection Method enter the STUN server address IP address or FQDN in STUN Server Address 4 Ifyou selected STUN for Detection Method enter the port number used by the STUN server in STUN Server Port Note For details about server information consult your network administrator 1 2 Res
171. e ep sie sa Poes es ees WEE ARE DR EN geg 184 KEY PAD TONE se se ie ie ei ge De de eg ee ee EEE 184 5 5 2 Tone SONOS RE AA EO AE AE EE EG AniS 185 DIL TONE TERE EE 185 DIAL TONE 12GAIN OE N EI N N 185 DIL Ke NDT RE 185 DIAL TONE1 TIMING ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 185 DIL TONE FRO EE ss BR ee ee ees Eed E 186 DIAL TONE GAIN iss ses Ee Ee EER SR ee be Ee N EER VER YE GEE SEN aa WE sed sedes eie 186 DIL TONE RE 186 DIAL TONE TIMING ees tiek eek ee en ee ee Gees gee ee dee 186 DAL TONE FRO esse ROSE E Se oe E EE ee ere reer rr De 186 DIAL TONE A GAIN ARE N NR RR EI ET OE 187 DIL TONE4 BET ui eo ee ee E ee oe eb 187 DIAL TONE4 TIMING ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 187 BUSY TONE FREE Se ee ig ea ES eee ere er nee EE REG Ges 188 BUSY TONE GAIN RE SE EE AE EE ED OE AE 188 BUSY TONE RPD ek end De eee eee ieee eee 188 BU ee teen H EE 188 REORDER TONE ERGOE ee ee E ee Ne ee dee ke dee ee ese Re eed 189 REORDER TONE GAIN ie ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee rnan 189 REORDER TONE RP RE 189 REORDER TONE TIMING eie ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 189 RINGBAGHK TONE FRO isi oi ees eie Soe See ee Ee ee ee Dee ee Ge Es 190 RINGBACK TONE GAIN ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 190 RINGBAGK TONE NEE 190 RINGBAGK TOE HO LEE 190 HOLD ALARM FRO ses ie be ees n GEEN Ee ee E ENS ee Ee ee ee ee Se Dee DE 191 AROLD ALARM GAIN OE EA OE OE ORE OE N N 191 Document Version 20
172. ealer Preset Pre provisioning Pre provisioning data Factory defaults Factory defaults Pre provisioning can aid the installation process by allowing phone system dealers to configure beforehand the minimum settings required to operate the unit For example phone system dealers can store on the TFTP server a configuration file that contains only the URL of a server where another configuration file is stored This second configuration file contains settings configured specifically for the usage environment of the user The user will be able to start using the unit by just connecting it to the network Pre provisioning is performed only once after the unit has been shipped Once any configuration such as pre provisioning provisioning or Web user interface programming has been applied pre provisioning will not be performed again Note that the settings configured by pre provisioning cannot be restored once it has been performed If you want to restore them consult your phone system dealer Although pre provisioning is often used to specify the location of the configuration files for provisioning you can configure any of the settings through pre provisioning The unit can be made fully operational by configuring settings through pre provisioning 32 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 1 4 Pre provisioning Setting Example 2 1 2 Pre provisionin
173. eb User Interface Reference RTP Packet QoS DSCP Page 104 RTCP_INTVL_n Parameter Name Example RTCP_INTVL_1 RTCP_INTVL_2 RTCP_INTVL_4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval in seconds between RTCP packets Value Range 5 65535 Default Value 5 Web User Interface Reference RTCP Interval Page 105 MAX_DELAY_n Parameter Name Example MAX DELAY 1 MAX DELAY 2 MAX DELAY 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the maximum delay in 10 millisecond units of the jitter buffer Value Range 3 50 x 10 ms Note e This setting is subject to the following conditions This value must be greater than NOM_DELAY This value must be greater than MIN_DELAY NOM DELAY must be greater than or equal to MIN DELAY 202 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 2 RTP Settings Default Value 20 Web User Interface Reference Maximum Delay Page 105 MIN DELAY n Parameter Name Example MIN DELAY 1 MIN DELAY 2 MIN DELAY 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the minimum delay in 10 millisecond units of the jitter buffer Value Range 1 or 2 x 10 ms Note e This setting is subject to the following conditions This value must be less than or equal to NOM_DELAY This val
174. ebook data is represented in text as record ID lt TAB gt name lt TAB gt nickname lt TAB gt phone number lt TAB gt phone number lt TAB gt phone number lt TAB gt phone number TAB phone number lt TAB gt ringtone lt line break gt The text data can be edited using any text editing software that supports UTF 16 encoding with a BOM and little endian byte ordering When you save the text file it must be saved using the same format or the text might become garbled Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 237 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 1 1 Import Export Operation Phonebook Data in Text Format O O oO EDOD ae J ke r EA AA 1234001 1234002 4234003 11234004 Aaron MacDowel Barbara Nicolls Carl O Brien Dorothy Parker awo o le Record ID Unique ID 1 65535 Tab Name up to 24 characters Tab Nick name up to 24 characters Tab Phone number up to 32 digits Tab Phone number up to 32 digits do Tab Phone number up to 32 digits Tab Phone number up to 32 digits di Tab d Phone number up to 32 digits Tab Ringtone 1 32 6 1 1 Import Export Operation The following procedures explain how to import phonebook data to units and how to export phonebook data from units to a PC through the Web user interface For details about the settings see 4 6 6 Import Phonebook or 4 6 7 Export P
175. ection Check that the SIP server address URLs of the configuration files encryption key and other required settings are correct Check the firewall and port forwarding settings on the router gt see 1 1 7 Other Network Settings For details about settings consult your network administrator or phone system dealer Password for Web User Interface Prog ramming Problem Cause Solution account have lost the login password of the Web user interface for the Administrator or User Reset the password from the unit The passwords for both Administrator and User will be reset gt see 3 1 4 Reset Web ID Password For security reasons it is recommended that the passwords are set again immediately see 4 4 2 Administrator Password or 4 4 3 Change User Password Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 255 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 8 1 Troubleshooting Time Problem CauselSolution The time is not correct In the Web user interface you can set NTP synchronization and DST Summer Time control to adjust the time automatically gt see 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings s Ifthe time is still incorrect even after setting NTP synchronization check the firewall and port forwarding settings on the router gt see 1 1 7 Other Network Settings Error Codes When a system error occurs an error code is displayed
176. ed web on the unit gt see Opening Closing the Web Port in 1 1 6 3 Before Accessing the Web User Interface Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Web Port Close Basic Network Settings Network en Beton Res 1 Connection Mode DHCP OStatic Ethernet Port Settings Host Name Moog ET Settings Receive DNS server address automatically DE ENE EE O Use the following settings DNS1 DNS2 Static IP Address 1192 168 0 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 192 168 0 10 DNS1 DNS2 4 3 1 1 Connection Mode Connection Mode Description Selects whether to assign the IP address automatically DHCP or manually static Value Range es DHCP e Static Default Value DHCP Phone User Interface Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Reference Configuration File Reference CONNECTION_TYPE Page 168 4 3 1 2 DHCP Settings Host Name Description Specifies the host name for the unit to send to the DHCP server Note e This setting is available only when Connection Mode is set to DHCP Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 71 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 1 Basic Network Settings Value Range Max 63 characters Note You cannot leave this field empty If MODEL is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the unit s model name Default
177. ee Re RE Re ee ke 81 LMG ER OR RE EE EE N 81 4 3 5 3 External RUMP POS AR Ee Se in ee ee Se ee GE ee ee GE dees ae 81 Channel 1525 visiosta EE ed OE EE EA 81 4 4 OVS uses A sers at Gee S ede ihn ed de ve ee ek GE EN ee De 82 4 4 1 Ee e 82 4 4 1 1 WepiLangudge AN ORE AA EE EEN OE 82 Eelt es MEE EA OR OE OO EE N OE 82 4 4 2 Administrator Password 82 4 4 2 1 Change Administrator Password sesse see ee ee EE seer AE Ee Re Gee Re Rek Ke kk ge Gee ee 83 Current Pase Nord 2 SEE ie ee be ee ae se Ee oe ee 83 New Password isai ee ee AA AA AEE AA RA AR AAR AR ER ER EE ee ee ee 83 Confirm New PaASSWO Q ss EE Se EERS ee ED Ge GE EEEE DE SG Re Ee 83 4 4 3 Change User Password AE OE EE EE ER EE OR EEN 84 4 4 3 1 Change WS Gr Passwrd cca ee oe die EE Se es ee ee Se Ro EE NEE 84 Current SS WONG ee DEE SEE ee ER aa Ee ee Be ea Ashe tench es Ee ae RD de 84 New Password 84 Confirm New Password ER ED N EE ON EN EE 85 4 4 4 Web SSS SUING Sc eege 85 4 4 4 1 WUE SEINE SWINGS EE 85 Web Server Pott iire eeraa re E ee ee E ee ee ee ee AAR AAR ER Ee ee ee ee ee 85 Port Close Timer ee ee ee ee ee AA AA AA RA AR AR AAR AR ER ER ee ee ee 86 4 4 5 mme Adjust SS CUI CG 86 4 4 5 1 SUCTION ZA ie PARE tenes EE EE EE 87 Enable Synchronization by NTP sissies EES EES RS ER R ebe 87 Synchronization Bed 87 4 4 5 2 BIR 87 NTP Server Address asses sa ee es gene ed oes BAAN Re ae GE 87 4 4 5 3 nl des AE EE N EO EE EE N LR 87 OR EE EE N N RE 87 4 4
178. eference DST_START_TIME Page 152 4 4 5 6 End Day and Time of DST End Day and Time of Summer Time Month Description Selects the month in which DST Summer Time ends Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 89 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings Value Range e January e February e March e April e May s June e July e August e September October e November e December Default Value October Configuration File Reference DST_STOP_MONTH Page 153 Day of Week Using the 2 following settings specify on which day of the selected month DST Summer Time ends For example to specify the second Sunday select Second and Sunday Description Selects the number of the week on which DST Summer Time ends Value Range e First e Second e Third e Fourth e Last Default Value Second Configuration File Reference DST_STOP_ORDINAL_DAY Page 153 Description Selects the day of the week on which DST Summer Time ends Value Range e Sunday e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday Thursday e Friday e Saturday Default Value Sunday Configuration File Reference DST_STOP_DAY_OF_WEEK Page 153 90 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5
179. egistering using a user ID that is not a phone number you should use the SIP URI setting Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference PHONE_NUMBER_n Page 212 SIP URI Description Specifies the unique ID used by the SIP registrar server which consists of sip a user part the symbol and a host part for example sip conference example com Note e When registering using a user ID that is not a phone number you should use this setting e InaSIP URI the user part conference in the example above can contain up to 63 characters and the host part example com in the example above can contain up to 127 characters Value Range Max 195 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_URI_n Page 212 4 5 2 2 SIP Server Registrar Server Address Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the SIP registrar server Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_n Page 215 Registrar Server Port Description Specifies the port number to use for communication with the SIP registrar server Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 93 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846
180. ence DST_OFFSET Page 151 4 4 5 5 Start Day and Time of DST Start Day and Time of Summer Time Month Description Selects the month in which DST Summer Time starts Value Range e January e February e March e April e May e June e July e August e September e October e November e December Default Value March Configuration File Reference DST_START_MONTH Page 151 Day of Week Using the 2 following settings specify on which day of the selected month DST Summer Time starts For example to specify the second Sunday select Second and Sunday 88 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings Description Selects the number of the week on which DST Summer Time starts Value Range e First Second e Third e Fourth e Last Default Value Second Configuration File Reference DST_START_ORDINAL_DAY Page 151 Description Selects the day of the week on which DST Summer Time starts Value Range e Sunday e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday e Thursday e Friday e Saturday Default Value Sunday Configuration File Reference DST_START_DAY_OF_WEEK Page 152 Time Description Specifies the start time of DST Summer Time in minutes after 12 00 AM Value Range 0 1439 Default Value 120 Configuration File R
181. eparated String a list of strings separated by commas No space characters are allowed Description Describes the details of the parameter Value Range Indicates the permitted value range of the parameter Default Value Indicates the factory default value of the parameter Actual default values may vary depending on your phone system dealer Phone User Interface Reference Provides the reference page of the corresponding parameter in phone user interface programming Web User Interface Reference Provides the reference page of the corresponding parameter in Web user interface programming 5 2 2 Characters Available for String Values 148 Unless noted otherwise in Value Range only ASCII characters can be used for parameter values Unicode characters can also be used in some parameter values Available ASCII characters are shown on a white background in the following table Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 1 Login Account Settings 5 3 System Settings 5 3 1 Login Account Settings ADMIN ID Value Format String Description Specifies the account ID used to access the Web user interface with the Administrator account Value Range Max 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Note An empty string i
182. es Using HTTPS This method uses SSL which is commonly used on the Internet to transfer configuration files between the unit and server For more secure communication you can use a root certificate Notice To avoid redundant data transfer over the network important data such as the encryption key used to encrypt the configuration files and the root certificate for SSL should be configured through pre provisioning as much as possible e Itis recommended that you encrypt the data in order to keep the communication secure when transferring configuration files However if you are using the units within a secure environment such as within an intranet it is not necessary to encrypt the data To decrypt configuration files the unit uses the encryption key registered to it beforehand The unit determines the encryption status by checking the extension of the downloaded configuration file For details about encrypting configuration files contact the appropriate person in your organization Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 45 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 3 Priority of Setting Methods Extension of Configuration Configuration File Parameters Used for Decrypting File etc CFG FILE KEY1 eich CFG FILE KEY 2 eich CFG FILE KEY3 eich Other than e1c e2c and Processed as unencrypted configuration files The extension cfg should be u
183. et and Firmware Update 1 2 1 Reset 1 2 1 1 Resetting to Factory Default Factory Setting Performing Factory Setting from the phone user interface resets all settings in the unit to their factory defaults This type of initialization also deletes all other data on the unit such as the call logs and the phonebook To perform this initialization follow the procedure below 1 ES soft button 2 Tit Select Default Setting ENTER gt Factory Setting ENTER 3 V 4 Select yes gt ENTER 4 V a Select yes ENTER Notice e After performing Factory Setting the unit will restart automatically To avoid problems it is recommended that you save your settings before performing Factory Setting 1 2 1 2 Resetting the Network Settings IP Reset Performing IP Reset from the phone user interface restores the basic network settings made through phone user interface programming Web user interface programming or configuration file programming to their factory defaults If the unit is unable to connect to the network after changing network settings you can restore the network settings to their factory defaults by performing IP Reset and then try configuring the settings again Apart from Call Rejection Phone Numbers all Web user interface and configuration file programming settings will be reset to their factory defaults However settings such as the phonebook data are not cleared by this feature To perfo
184. etVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Table of Contents 5 4 7 Miscellaneous Network Settings ii esse ees AA AG RE SE GOEDERE GE GR KG KA GR Ee de see dee 178 UE RN e 178 eine As de ER NE EE EE OE ER OR EE EE 178 5 5 TELS PGMS SeSe eend ie GE GN NG iS ie dd Al ee 179 5 5 1 ses ie SS MOS AE RR RE EE N NE EE OE EE 179 NIM SLIBSGRIEE EMABLE see o ee se te ee ee Ee ee Oe we ees ee GEED ee soe 179 CONFERENCE AE EE 179 FIRE TDIGIT TIM et ees ee ee Ge 179 INTEIGIT E 180 MACRODIGIT BIM osse eie ERGE a OE EE ER aud RE Ge Pe Ee E 180 INTERNATIONAL ACCESS e 180 EOUNTRY GAL ING GODE deer 180 NATIONAL ACCESS CODE 181 DEFAULT LINE SELECT iese iese ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 181 DATA_LIN NE_MODE EE 181 NUM PLANE PICKUP DIRECT ie gee ee ee oe sees bg ee ee NG 181 TALK PAGIAGE see le Ee ede ede N ee ee SG oa oe eN rens 182 ae beds ie ME EA N NE EE 182 AOLD oe AE RE EE OE ER NE OE OE EE EER rrer 182 AUTO ANS RING TIM Ese iese EE ER EE ea eka es E Gee ER NE ER 182 RINGING OEE SET DING ENABIE sessie Estie ke Ese Se es es Sas ee deeg 183 died se do du EE EO NA EE EE EE 183 REDIALKEY CALELOG ENABLE is esse ses Ee ees RSA E se RE Rd SE ee GEE N GE GE Da sd ae ee 183 ONHEOK TRANSFER ENABLE EE 183 DISEONHNEETION MODE si asses sasies eegen ee EER Rae de ee 184 TONE LEN DISCONNECT HANDSET irisse ES esse See Se RS Gees Gee Ge EER ES kes ge 184 TONE LEN DISCONNEGT HANDSFREE ss ies
185. eters The information on each parameter that can be written in a configuration file is shown in the tables below The information includes parameter name as the title of the table value format description permitted value range default value of each parameter phone user interface reference and Web user interface reference Parameter Name This is the system predefined parameter name and cannot be changed Note e Certain parameter names end with _n This signifies that these settings can be made to each line individually The number of lines available varies depending on the phone being used as follows Document Version KX UT113 KX UT123 1 2 KX UT133 KX UT136 1 4 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 147 5 2 2 Characters Available for String Values Value Format Each parameter value is categorized into Integer Boolean or String Some parameters require a composite form such as Comma separated Integer or Comma separated String e Integer a numerical value described as a sequence of numerical characters optionally preceded by a minus An empty string is not allowed Boolean Y or N String sequence of alphanumerical characters For details about available characters see 5 2 2 Characters Available for String Values Comma separated Integer a list of integers separated by commas No space characters are allowed Comma s
186. ettings This screen allows you to configure various telephone settings Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Telephone Settings Telephone Telephone Settings ETE key Click Tone YesONo ETE Number Matching Lower Digit 7 Number Matching Upper Digit 10 Flexible Button Settings Tone Telephone Settings I Export Phonebook Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 125 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 5 Telephone Settings 4 6 5 1 Telephone Settings Key Click Tone Description Selects whether a tone is heard in response to key presses Value Range e Yes e No Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference KEY_PAD_TONE Page 184 Extension PIN Description Specifies the Personal Identification Number PIN of the extension This is used to lock access to the call log and phonebook list For details refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site see Introduction Value Range Max 10 digits Default Value 0000000000 Configuration File Reference EXTENSION PIN Page 196 Number Matching Lower Digit Description Specifies the minimum number of digits with which to match a phonebook entry with an incoming call s caller ID To specify exact matching of entire numbers only specify 0 Value Range 0 15 Default Value 7
187. external RTP port is enabled e The available channel number varies depending on the type of the unit being used 102 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 3 VolP Settings Value Range 1424 49150 even number only Note The value for this setting must be greater than or equal to Minimum RTP Port Number 400 Changing this setting may affect the number of simultaneous calls that can be made Therefore when setting this parameter be aware that the maximum number of necessary ports can be calculated as shown below No of lines x No of channels x 2 x 10 No of terminals Default Value 20000 Configuration File Reference RTP_PORT_MAX Page 204 Telephone event Payload Type Description Specifies the RFC 2833 payload type for DTMF tones Note e This setting is available only when DTMF Type is set to Outband Value Range 96 127 Default Value 101 Configuration File Reference TELEVENT_PAYLOAD Page 206 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 103 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 4 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 4 5 4 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 This screen allows you to change the VoIP settings that are specific to each line Panasonic KX UT136 Web Port Close VoIP VoIP Settings Line 1
188. f Week ve vw Page 90 Time vo vi Page 91 1 The access levels are abbreviated as follows U User A Administrator A check mark indicates that the setting is available for that access level 2 This setting can also be configured through configuration file programming 7 If your phone system dealer does not allow you these settings you cannot change them even though the unit shows the setting menu Contact your phone system dealer for further information VoIP Access wl Menu Item Section Title Setting Eve Ref U A SIP Settings SIP Setting SIP User Agent v Page 91 SIP Settings Phone Number Phone Number v Page 93 Line 1 Line 4 SIP URI 4 Page 93 Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Administrator Guide 59 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List 60 Access Menu Item Section Title Setting Level Ref U A SIP Server Registrar Server Address v Page 93 Registrar Server Port v Page 93 Proxy Server Address v Page 94 Proxy Server Port v Page 94 Presence Server Address v Page 94 Presence Server Port v Page 94 Outbound Proxy Server Outbound Proxy Server v Page 95 Address Outbound Proxy Server Port v Page 95 SIP Service Domain Service Domain v Page 95 SIP Source Port Source Port v Page 95 SIP Authentication Authentication ID v Page 96 Authentication Password v Page 96 DNS E
189. fault Password Restrictions User End users user blank NULL When logged in as User you can change the password for the User account see 4 4 3 Change User Password The password can consist of 6 to 16 ASCII characters case sensitive gt see Entering Characters in 1 1 6 4 Accessing the Web User Interface Administrator Network administrators etc admin adminpass When logged in as Administrator you can change the password for both the User and Administrator accounts see 4 4 2 Administrator Password The password can consist of 6 to 16 ASCII characters case sensitive gt see Entering Characters in 1 1 6 4 Accessing the Web User Interface Notice e Only one account can be logged in to the Web user interface at a time If you try to access the Web user interface while someone is logged in you will be denied access e You cannot log in to the Web user interface even under the same account as someone who is already logged in e The user password is required to change the settings 2011 06 Administrator Guide 21 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming e The IDs can be changed through configuration file programming see ADMIN ID and USER ID in 5 3 1 Login Account Settings e You can reset the account IDs and passwords to their factory default settings b
190. fault Value Not stored Configuration File Reference ACS URL Page 165 4 7 4 2 Management Server Authentication Authentication ID Description Specifies the user ID for the Auto Configuration Server for using TR 069 Value Range Max 255 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference ACS_USER_ID Page 165 Authentication Password Description Specifies the user password for the Auto Configuration Server for using TR 069 Value Range Max 255 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference ACS_PASS Page 166 4 7 5 Reset to Defaults This screen allows you to reset the settings made through the Web user interface to their default values by clicking Reset Web Settings After you click this button a dialog box is displayed asking whether you want to reset the settings Click OK to reset or Cancel not to For details about the reset see 1 2 1 3 Resetting the Settings Made through the Web User Interface Reset Web Settings Notice After resetting the settings the unit will restart even if it is being accessed through the phone user interface or on calls 134 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 6 Restart Note If you have changed the default password for the Administrator account and successfully reset the settings the mes
191. ff 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 60 500 440 Configuration File Reference BUSY_TONE_TIMING Page 188 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 123 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 4 Tone Settings 4 6 4 3 Ringing Tone Tone Frequencies Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of ringback tones using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 440 480 Configuration File Reference RINGBACK_TONE_FRQ Page 190 Tone Timings Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of ringback tones using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note e Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 60 2000 3940 Configuration File Reference RINGBACK_TONE_TIMING Page 190 4 6 4 4 Stutter Tone Tone Frequencies Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of stutter dial tones to notify that a voice mail is waiting using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 350 440 Configuration File Reference DIAL TONE4 FRO Page 186 Tone Timings
192. for option 66 to receive the TFTP server address or FQDN from the DHCP server Note The unit will try to download configuration files through the TFTP server the IP address or FQDN of which is specified in the option number 66 field Value Range e Y Enable option 66 e N Disable option 66 Default Value Y OPTION66_REBOOT Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether the unit restarts automatically after pre provisioning has completed successfully using DHCP server option 66 For details see 2 1 4 Pre provisioning Setting Example Value Range e Restart automatically N Do not restart automatically Default Value N PROVISION_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether the unit is automatically configured by downloading the configuration files from the provisioning server of your phone system Note e Downloading configuration files using TR 069 can be performed regardless of this setting Value Range Y Enable configuration file download e N Disable configuration file download Default Value Y Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 159 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings Web User Interface Reference Enable Provisioning Page 131 CFG STANDARD FILE PATH Value Format String Description Specifies the
193. g SIP Phone Sarver Power On Check at 12 00 Download Check EEEE Download Check si d Wm EE The configuration files are downloaded at a set time each day e Seta time by specifying CFG RESYNC TIME Note e If the value for CFG RESYNC TIME is any valid value other than an empty string the unit downloads the configuration files at the fixed time and the settings specified in CFG CYCLIC CFG CYCLIC INTVL and CFG_RTRY_INTVL are disabled The time is specified using a 24 hour clock 00 00 to 23 59 When directed When a setting needs to be changed immediately units can be directed to download the configuration files by sending them a NOTIFY message that includes a special event from the SIP server e In the configuration file Specify the special event text in CFG_RESYNC_FROM_ SIP s In the Web user interface Click the Maintenance tab click Provisioning Maintenance and then enter the special event text in Header Value for Resync Event Generally check sync or resync is set as the special event text 40 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files Download Timing Explanation None prohibited If you want to prohibit units from changing their settings by downloading configuration files you can enable this function from the Web use
194. g when Setting Static IP Addresses To perform pre provisioning the unit needs to acquire the TFTP server address from option 66 on a DHCP server Therefore pre provisioning cannot be performed if you use static IP addressing on your network If you use static IP addressing and want to perform pre provisioning construct a small separate network and connect a DHCP and TFTP server to that network In addition if option 66 of the DHCP server cannot be set or if you are unauthorized to change this setting perform pre provisioning on the separate network and then connect the unit to the actual network 2 1 3 Server for Pre provisioning The DHCP server and TFTP server play important roles in performing pre provisioning This section explains their purposes uses and brief descriptions Server Purpose Description DHCP server Used to provide the address In option 66 of the DHCP server specify the IP ofa TFTP server setin option address or FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name of 66 of the DHCP server to the TFTP server units that have not been For details refer to the documentation for your configured yet DHCP server Note The maximum length of FQDN text is 64 bytes TFTP server Used to store configuration The unit will download the configuration file model files and is set as the access name cfg stored in the root directory of the TFTP point for downloading them server automatically For example if the model name
195. ge 105 Initial Delay v Page 105 DTMF DTMF Type v Page 106 Call Hold Supports RFC 2543 vi Page 106 c 0 0 0 0 CODEC Preferences G722 Enable v Page 107 Priority Page 107 PCMA Enable Page 107 Priority Page 107 G726 32 Enable Page 107 Priority Page 108 G729A Enable Page 108 Priority Page 108 PCMU Enable Page 108 Priority Page 108 1 The access levels are abbreviated as follows U User A Administrator A check mark indicates that the setting is available for that access level 2 This setting can also be configured through configuration file programming Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 61 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List Telephone Access Menu Item Section Title Setting Lever Ref U A Call Control Call Control Send SUBSCRIBE to Voice v Page 109 Mail Server Conference Server URI v Page 110 Inter digit Timeout v Page 110 Timer for Dial Plan v Page 110 International Call Prefix v Page 110 Country Calling Code v Page 111 National Access Code v Page 111 Default Line for Outgoing v v Page 111 Flash Recall Button v Page 111 Flash Hook Event v Page 112 Direct Call Pickup v Page 112 Call Rejection Phone 1 30 v v Page 112 Numbers 62 Administrator Guide D
196. gory Parameter Name Ref Codec Settings CODEC 6711 REO Page 200 CODEC G729 PARAM Page 200 CODEC ENABLEX n Page 201 CODEC PRIORITYX on Page 201 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 143 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List Category Parameter Name Ref RTP Settings DSCP RTP n Page 202 RTCP INTVL ni Page 202 MAX DELAY n Page 202 MIN_DELAY n Page 203 NOM_DELAY n Page 203 RTP_PORT_MIN Page 203 RTP_PORT_MAX Page 204 RTP PTIME Page 204 RTCP ENABLE n Page 205 RTCP SEND BY SDP n Page 205 RTP CLOSE ENABLE n Page 205 Miscellaneous VolP Settings OUTBANDDTME on Page 206 OUTBANDDTMF VOL Page 206 INBANDDTMF VOL Page 206 TELEVENT PAYLOAD Page 206 RFC2543 HOLD ENABLE n Page 207 DTMF SIGNAL LEN Page 207 DTMF INTDIGIT TIM Page 207 1 This setting can also be configured through the Web user interface 144 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List Line Settings Category Parameter Name Ref Call Control Settings DISPLAY NAME n Page 208 VM NUMBER on Page 208 DIAL PLAN n Page 208 DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE
197. h as the phone number user ID password etc The same number of configuration files as units are stored on the provisioning server and each unit downloads the corresponding standard configuration file Example of the configuration file s URL http prov example com Panasonic Config MAC cfg Note s When a unit requests the configuration file MAC is replaced by the MAC address of the unit Depending on the situation you can use all 3 types of configuration files and can also use only a standard configuration file The above example shows only one possible way to use configuration files Depending on the requirements of your phone system dealer there are a number of ways to use configuration files effectively Using 2 Types of Configuration Files The following table shows an example of using 2 types of configuration files a master configuration file to configure settings common to all units and product configuration files to configure settings common to particular groups Using Product Configuration Files According to the Position Groups You can use product configuration files for different groups or for multiple users within the same group Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 37 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files Department Name URL of Product Configuration File Sales http prov example com P
198. he Uniform Resource Identifier string for the resource list which consists of sip a user part the symbol and a host part for example sip conference example com For details refer to RFC 4662 Note e InaSIP URI the user part conference in the example above can contain up to 63 characters and the host part example com in the example above can contain up to 127 characters e When the BLF feature is assigned to a flexible button it may be necessary to specify this parameter depending on the network environment For details about flexible buttons see 6 3 Flexible Buttons KX UT133 KX UT136 only Value Range Max 195 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference RESOURCELIST_URI_n Page 210 4 6 2 2 Dial Plan Dial Plan max 500 columns Description Specifies a dial format such as specific phone numbers that control which numbers can be dialed or how to handle the call when making a call For details see 6 2 Dial Plan Value Range Max 500 characters Note e Entering more than 500 characters in this field causes an error and the previous value remains effective Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference DIAL_PLAN_n Page 208 Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match Description Selects whether to make a call even if the dialed number d
199. he unit so that it automatically downloads the new firmware file from a specified location The firmware update will be executed when the unit is restarted For details see Section 7 Firmware Update Provisioning server Firmware server Configuration file JE Download Check for update Firmware download and update Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Section 2 General Information on Provisioning This section provides an overview of the configuration file programming procedures for the unit including pre provisioning and provisioning Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 31 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 1 1 What is Pre provisioning 2 1 Pre provisioning 2 1 1 What is Pre provisioning To perform pre provisioning you must set the IP address of a TFTP server to the DHCP server option 66 so that the unit can acquire the TFTP server address When the unit starts up and no configuration has been applied it will automatically acquire the address of the TFTP server and download the configuration file For details about the configuration file see 2 2 3 Configuration File For details about the settings that can be configured with the configuration files and how to specify the settings see Section 5 Configuration File Programming Phone system d
200. hen sends its request to the DNS servers that were specified using the configuration file Configuring the Network Settings of the Unit The following procedures explain how to change the network settings via each interface For details about the individual network settings that can be configured via the unit refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site see Introduction or see 4 3 1 Basic Network Settings Configuring Settings from the Unit To configure network settings automatically 1 ES soft button gt Network Settings ENTER Network ENTER 2 V a Select DHCP ENTER 3 V a Select Automatic for DNS ENTER e Select Manual to enter the addresses for DNS1 primary DNS server and if necessary DNS2 secondary DNS server manually gt ENTER 4 CANCEL To configure network settings manually 1 soft button gt Network Settings ENTER Network ENTER 2 V a Select STATIC ENTER 3 V 4 Enter the IP address subnet mask default gateway DNS1 primary DNS server and if necessary DNS2 secondary DNS server ENTER 4 CANCEL Configuring Settings from the Web User Interface To configure network settings automatically 1 Click the Network tab and then click Basic Network Settings 2 Select DHCP for Connection Mode 3 Enter a host name in Host Name 4 Select Receive DNS server address automatically fo
201. his parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range e Y Enable DST Summer Time e N Disable DST Summer Time Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Enable DST Enable Summer Time Page 88 DST_OFFSET Value Format Integer Description Specifies the amount of time in minutes to change the time when DST_ENABLE is set to Y Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 0 720 Note e This parameter is usually set to 60 Default Value 60 Web User Interface Reference DST Offset Summer Time Offset Page 88 DST START MONTH Value Format Integer Description Specifies the month in which DST Summer Time starts Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 1 12 Default Value 3 Web User Interface Reference Month Page 88 DST_START_ORDINAL_DAY Value Format Integer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 151 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 2 System Time Settings Description Specifies the number of the week on which DST Summer Time starts The actual start day is specified in DST_START_DAY_OF_WEEK For example to specify the second Sunday specify 2 in this parameter and 0 in the next par
202. honebook To import phonebook data 1 Click the Telephone tab and then click Import Phonebook 2 In File Name enter the full path to the file that you want to import or click Browse to select the phonebook data file that you want to import 3 Click Import To export the phonebook data 1 Click the Telephone tab and then click Export Phonebook 2 Click Export 238 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 1 2 Editing with Microsoft Excel 3 On the Now Processing File Data screen click the text HERE in the displayed message or wait until File Download window appears Note Depending on the security settings of your Web browser pop up menus might be blocked If the file cannot be exported successfully try the export operation again or change the security settings of your Web browser Click Save on File Download window On the Save As window select a folder to save the exported phonebook data to enter the file name in File name select TSV File for Save as type and click Save If the file is downloaded successfully the Download complete window appears 6 Click Close 7 To exit the operation click the text HERE in the displayed message The Export Phonebook screen returns oP Note e Make sure that the import source or unit is in standby mode e The import source or unit must be specified at the t
203. icrosoft Outlook address book data In Microsoft Outlook click File and then click Import and Export Select Export to a file and click Next Select Tab Separated Values Windows and click Next Select Contacts and click Next Click Browse select a folder and then enter the file name to export the data to Click OK On the Export to a File window click Next Click Map Custom Fields Clear all items in the To list by clicking Clear Map Then drag only Last Name and Business Phone from the From list to the To list and click OK OON O 0 A mg Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 241 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 2 Dial Plan 10 On the Export to a File window click Finish The data will be exported Note e You can export data from Microsoft Outlook Express by using a similar procedure lt is also possible to export data from other applications that are compatible with Microsoft Excel e You can open the exported file in Microsoft Excel and then import it to the unit For details see 6 1 2 Editing with Microsoft Excel e First and middle names are not exported using this procedure You can export all necessary items and edit the entry before importing them to the unit e Inthe file exported from Microsoft Outlook fields are separated by tabs and encoded using the default character encoding for your operating system 6 2 Dial Plan The dial plan settings
204. ied 1 1 4 Overview of Programming There are 3 types of programming as shown in the table below Programming programming Description References Type Phone user Configuring the unit s settings directly from the unit 1 1 5 Phone User Interface interface Programming Section 3 Phone User Interface Programming Web user interface programming Configuring the unit s settings by accessing the Web user interface from a PC connected to the same network 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming Section 4 Web User Interface Programming Configuration file programming Configuring the unit s settings beforehand by creating configuration files pre provisioning and having the unit download the files from a server on the Internet and configure its own settings provisioning Section 2 General Information on Provisioning Section 5 Configuration File Programming 1 1 5 Phone User Interface Programming You can change the settings directly from the unit For details about the operations refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site gt see Introduction For details about additional features available with direct commands see Section 3 Phone User Interface Programming 18 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming 1 1 5
205. ies ER SEE EE KA KERE GE Se ee ek kk AE Re ee ek Ak Ge 197 ADIDATAZGAIN eege 197 5 5 5 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 onbe 199 FLEX BUTTON FACILITY AG TR ses siens cee ese ek ee Se ee N Eaa 199 PLEX BUTTON EAGILITY ARG ooo nt osse asbes Ses eva Sesde bei Red eg 199 FLEX BUTTOM QUICK DADE ses dinee Eis Ee ES Si Ee Se gee ee ee RO ee ee EE 199 FLEX BUTTON LABELX eege ege eege ORE ER EES aaa 200 5 6 VolP Settings sesse ee ee SG ee ee n N ei od ol 200 5 6 1 Codec SNS tk Seas RR ER TE EE EN EO VEE RE OE N iA 200 GODEC Ah EE 200 Mak seders da ii RR EE OE EN EE N N EE EE OE 200 GODEC E E EE 201 CODEC PRIORITY X Hi es ste ege et acute ee Vale ek He ee eN Re ege 201 5 6 2 RIP Settings EE 202 Bos ed died eee A A AE MEN BREER AE ER 202 er KE WEE 202 MAX DELAY AN oa tac etree ME EE OR ER RE AE EE 202 Med AE EE EE NEE HELE 203 NOM DELAY MEE ONE EA AN RT ER 203 RIP POET eege eebe 203 RTP POR TIMAX SR EG EE OG 204 Hl MR re EE EE AE EE ere re 204 RICP ENABLE i MR N LE OE DO EE N NE TED 205 Ge IR E GR EE 205 RIP ELOSE ENABLE His aa ete es Vas Ee ss ie RE kaas See ee eN ee Re ia sole eg 205 5 6 3 Miscellaneous VolP Settings iS DE re OE DE DR EE GE GR n BE Re GE EE AE 206 BENE BRA ad N OE EE EO ON EN EE ELE 206 SUIEANDDTEIE Eeer 206 INBANDD IMF VOL sesse ese bes ee ie ese ie ee be ese oe ees ee Ee ee ss sade NE eg 206 TELEVENT PAYCOA EE 206 ba KA 0 Mede od AO EE EE deer N OE 207 12 Administrator Guide Document Version 201
206. ile CODEC PRIORITYX n Page 201 i Line i Codec List i Priority TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile RTCP_INTVL_n Page 202 i RTP RTCP TxRepeatinterval TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile RTP PORT MIN Page 203 i RTP LocalPortMin TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile RTP PORT MAX Page 204 i RTP LocalPortMax TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile OUTBANDDTMF_n Page 206 i DTMF Method TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile TELEVENT PAYLOAD Page 206 i RTP TelephoneEventPayloadType TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_AUTHID n Page 214 i Line i SIP AuthUserName TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP PASS n Page 214 il Line il SIP AuthPassword TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_URI_n Page 212 i Line i SIP URI TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_PRXY_ADDR_n Page 214 i SIP ProxyServer TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP PRXY PORT o Page 215 i SIP ProxyServerPort TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_RGSTR_ADDR_n Page 215 i SIP RegistrarServer TR 104 Device VoiceService i VoiceProfile SIP_RGSTR_PORT_n Page 215 i SIP RegistrarServerPort 42 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Document Version 2011 06 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files
207. ill be sent to the syslog server even if values 1 6 are specified Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the syslog server Value Range Max 127 characters IP address in dotted decimal notation or FQDN Description Specifies the port number of the syslog server Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 4 Firmware Update Settings Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 514 SYSLOG_RTPSMLY_INTVL_n Parameter Name Example SYSLOG RTPSMLY INTVL 1 SYSLOG RTPSMLY INTVL 2 SYSLOG RTPSMLY INTVL 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval in seconds to send summarized information of RTP packets to the syslog server Value Range 0 5 65535 0 No information sent Default Value 20 5 3 4 Firmware Update Settings FIRM_UPGRADE_ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to perform firmware updates when the unit detects a newer version of firmware Note e Changing this setting may require restarting the unit e Local firmware updates from the Web user interface see 4 7 2 Local Firmware Update can be performed regardless of this setting e Firmware updates using TR 069 can be performed regardless of this setting Value Range Y Ena
208. ime of import export The imported data is added to the existing phonebook data Ifthe existing phonebook data has an entry with the same record ID as an imported entry the entry is overwritten with the imported entry Ifthe existing phonebook data has an entry with no record ID it will be left in the phonebook If the imported phonebook data has an entry with no record ID the imported entry is added as a new entry unless an existing entry with the same name and phone number is found Phonebook entries that are added via the unit are not assigned record IDs Therefore it is recommended to export phonebook data from the unit assign record IDs manually and then re import them Doing so can help manage phonebook data The phonebook for a unit has the following limitations A maximum of 100 for the KX UT113 500 for the KX UT123 KX UT 133 KX UT 136 phonebook entries can be stored in the unit If the unit already has phonebook data it accepts up to the 500th entry including the existing entries The rest of the entries will not be imported and the message Memory Full is displayed on the unit The name can contain up to 24 characters The phone number can contain up to 32 digits Phonebook entries exceeding the characters or digits limits cannot be imported properly e Ifthe export is interrupted by an operation on the unit only the data that has been successfully exported before the interruption is exported
209. in Global IP Address 2 In External RTP Port enter the router s source port numbers forwarded port numbers Note e Specify a unique value for each of the 3 ports Router Setup When configuring the port forwarding function specify the router s reception port number as the unit s port number Port forwarding should be configured for the ports specified in Source Port see SIP Setup in this section and External RTP Port see RTP Real time Transport Protocol Setup in this section Set the same port number for the source port and destination port and set the unit s private IP address as the destination address Because the unit s private IP address will have to be set in the router s port forwarding configuration again if it is changed set a static IP address to the unit or configure the router so that the same IP address is always assigned to the unit if IP addresses are assigned by a DHCP server For details about how to configure the router refer to the documentation for the router Because the port forwarding settings depend on the user s network environment they cannot be programmed using configuration files 1 1 7 3 Global Address Detection 28 The global IP address is a unique IP address that is assigned to a particular terminal If the global IP address assigned to the firewall or the router is changed the unit will not be able to communicate If the global IP addresses of these terminals ar
210. inish The TSV file will be opened r N Text Import Wizard Step 3 of 3 EE This screen lets you select each column and set Column data format the Data Format is General converts numeric values to numbers date Text values to dates and all remaining values to text Date MEI E Do not import column skip Advanced Data preview EE Note e Phone numbers must be treated as text strings Otherwise a 0 at the beginning of a phone number might disappear when exported To save the phonebook data for importing to the unit 1 After editing the phonebook entries click Office Button and then Save As 2 Enter a file name in File name and select Unicode Text in Save as type The file will be saved in UTF 16 little endian with a BOM Fields will be separated by tabs 3 Click Save A message warning you about file compatibility will be displayed 4 Click Yes The file will be saved as a Unicode text file with the fields separated by tabs Note e The procedure may vary depending on the software version of Microsoft Excel Therefore files exported and imported between the unit and Microsoft Excel are not always compatible with each other 6 1 3 Exporting Data from Microsoft Outlook You can export address book data stored in programs such as Microsoft Outlook and then edit the exported data with a program such as Microsoft Excel in order to import it to the unit To export the M
211. ink Status LAN Port Connected Ethernet Link Status PC Fort Not connected Connection Mcde DHCP IP Address 192 168 0 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 192 168 0 10 DNS1 DNS2 4 2 2 1 Network Status MAC Address 192 168 0 10 192 168 0 11 Description Indicates the MAC address of the unit reference only Value Range Not applicable Default Value Default MAC address example OOBOFOABCDEF Ethernet Link Status LAN Port Description Indicates the current connection status of the Ethernet LAN port reference only Value Range e Connected e Not connected Default Value Not applicable Ethernet Link Status PC Port KX UT123 KX UT133 KX UT136 only Description Indicates the current connection status of the Ethernet PC port reference only Value Range e Connected e Not connected Default Value Not applicable Connection Mode Description Indicates whether the IP address of the unit is assigned automatically DHCP or manually static reference only Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 67 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 2 2 Network Status Value Range e DHCP e Static Default Value Not applicable IP Address Description Indicates the currently assigned IP address of the unit reference only
212. ioning has been performed see 2 1 Pre provisioning you can set up the unit automatically by downloading the configuration file stored on the provisioning server into the unit This is called provisioning Phone system dealer End user configuration Provisioning Pre provisioning data 2 2 2 Protocols for Provisioning Provisioning can be performed over HTTP HTTPS FTP and TFTP The protocol you should use differs depending on how you will perform provisioning Normally HTTP HTTPS or FTP is used for provisioning If you are transmitting encrypted configuration files it is recommended that you use HTTP If you are transmitting unencrypted configuration files it is recommended that you use HTTPS You may not be able to use FTP depending on the conditions of the network router or the network to be used 2 2 3 Configuration File This section gives concrete examples of the functions of the configuration file and how to manage it The configuration file is a text file that contains the various settings that are necessary for operating the unit The files are normally stored on a server maintained by your phone system dealer and will be downloaded to the units as required All configurable settings can be specified in the configuration file You can ignore settings that already have the desired values Only change parameters as necessary For details about setting parameters and their descriptions see Section 5 Configuration File P
213. ipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 7 Other Network Settings To set the router s external global IP address and reception port number in the unit 1 In the Web user interface click the Network tab click Static NAPT Settings and then enter the router s global IP address in Global IP Address 2 Select Yes for Enable Global IP Address Usage per Line for each line e Select No to disable the setting for the line 3 Click the VoIP tab click SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 and then enter the router s source port numbers forwarded port numbers which are the same as the numbers of the WAN and LAN ports set on the router in Source Port RTP Real time Transport Protocol Setup If the unit is connected to a network that uses a NAT router and a private IP address is assigned to each terminal on the network you must configure the RTP function for the unit and router so that the units can perform voice transmission between each other using a peer to peer connection However if your phone system supports the SBC Session Border Controller function it is not necessary to configure these settings For details about the SBC function consult your phone system dealer For details about Web user interface programming see 4 3 5 Static NAPT Settings To configure the RTP function on the unit 1 In the Web user interface click the Network tab click Static NAPT Settings and then enter the router s global IP address
214. it Page 17 Web User Interface Reference DNS1 Page 73 USER DNS2 ADDR Value Format String 170 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 2 DNS Settings Description Specifies the IP address of the secondary DNS server Note e This setting is available only when CONNECTION_TYPE is set to 0 and when wu SETTING ENABLE is set to N Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string Phone User Interface Reference Configuring Settings from the Unit Page 17 Web User Interface Reference DNS2 Page 74 5 4 2 DNS Settings DNS_QRY_PRLL Value Format Boolean Description Specifies the DNS query method as parallel or sequential Value Range e Parallel N Sequential Note e Ifsetto y the unit sends out all DNS queries at the same time The first DNS reply will be accepted and used by the unit e If set to N the unit sends DNS queries sequentially The unit sends a request to the DNS server with the highest priority for a preprogrammed time period 5 seconds When the timer expires the unit sends a request to the DNS server with the second priority Default Value Y DNS PRIORITY Value Format Boolean Description Specifies the priority of the DNS server Value Range e
215. le URL Description Specifies the URL of the product configuration file which is used when all units with the same model number need the same settings Note s When you change this setting set Enable Provisioning to Yes at the same time Value Range Max 500 characters Default Value Not stored Note e The URL specified by your phone system dealer may be preset in the unit Configuration File Reference CFG PRODUCT FILE PATH Page 160 Master File URL Description Specifies the URL of the master configuration file which is used when all units need the same settings Note When you change this setting set Enable Provisioning to Yes at the same time Value Range Max 500 characters Default Value Not stored Note s The URL specified by your phone system dealer may be preset in the unit Configuration File Reference CFG MASTER FILE PATH Page 161 Cyclic Auto Resync Description Selects whether the unit periodically checks for updates of configuration files Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No Configuration File Reference CFG_CYCLIC Page 163 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 4 Management Server Resync Interval Description Specifies the interval in minutes between periodic checks for
216. led When this timer expires after the last key was pressed dialing will start Value Range 1 15 Default Value 5 Configuration File Reference INTDIGIT_TIM Page 180 Timer for Dial Plan Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the unit waits for before dialing the telephone number as modified according to the dial plan Value Range 1 15 Default Value 5 Configuration File Reference MACRODIGIT_TIM Page 180 International Call Prefix Description Specifies the number to be shown in the place of the first symbol when the phone number for incoming international calls contains Value Range Max 8 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference INTERNATIONAL ACCESS CODE Page 180 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Country Calling Code 4 6 1 Call Control Description Specifies the country area calling code to be used for comparative purposes when dialing a number from the incoming call log that contains a symbol Value Range Max 8 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference COUNTRY_CALLING_CODE Page 180 National Access Code Description When dialing a number from the incoming call log that contains a sy
217. lue 60 500 440 Web User Interface Reference Tone Timings Page 123 188 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 2 Tone Settings REORDER_TONE_FRQ Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of reorder tones using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 480 620 Web User Interface Reference Tone Frequencies Page 125 REORDER_TONE_GAIN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of the reorder tone Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 REORDER_TONE_RPT Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether the reorder tone is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 1 REORDER_TONE_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of reorder tones using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note e Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 60 250 190 Web User Interface Reference Tone Timings Page 125 Document Version 201
218. lue Range Max 127 characters Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Service Domain Page 95 REG EXPIRE TIME n Parameter Name Example REG EXPIRE TIME 1 REG EXPIRE TIME 2 REG EXPIRE TIME 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the registration remains valid This value is set in the Expires header of the REGISTER request Value Range 1 4294967295 Default Value 3600 REG_INTERVAL_RATE_n Parameter Name Example REG INTERVAL RATE 1 REG INTERVAL RATE 2 REG INTERVAL RATE 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the percentage of the expires value after which to refresh registration by sending a new REGISTER message in the same dialog Value Range 1 100 Default Value 90 SIP_SESSION_TIME_n Parameter Name Example SIP SESSION TIME 1 SIP SESSION TIME 2 SIP SESSION TIME 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the unit waits before terminating SIP sessions when no reply to repeated requests is received For details refer to RFC 4028 Value Range 0 60 65535 0 Disable Default Value 0 Web User Interface Reference Supports Session Timer RFC 4028 Page 100 216 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone
219. m delay in 10 millisecond units of the jitter buffer Value Range 3 50 x 10 ms Note e This setting is subject to the following conditions This value must be greater than Initial Delay This value must be greater than Minimum Delay Initial Delay must be greater than or equal to Minimum Delay Default Value 20 x 10 ms Configuration File Reference MAX_DELAY_n Page 202 Minimum Delay Description Specifies the minimum delay in 10 millisecond units of the jitter buffer Value Range 1 or 2 x 10 ms Note e This setting is subject to the following conditions This value must be less than or equal to Initial Delay This value must be less than Maximum Delay Maximum Delay must be greater than Initial Delay Default Value 2 x 10 ms Configuration File Reference MIN_DELAY_n Page 203 Initial Delay Description Specifies the initial delay in 10 millisecond units of the jitter buffer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 105 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 4 VoIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Value Range 1 7 x 10 ms Note e This setting is subject to the following conditions This value must be greater than or equal to Minimum Delay This value must be less than Maximum Delay Default Value 2 x 10 ms
220. mbol and the country calling code matches the country calling code is removed and the national access code is added Value Range Max 8 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference NATIONAL ACCESS CODE Page 181 Default Line for Outgoing Description Specifies the line used to make an outgoing call when no line is specified in the dialing operation Note e The available line number may vary depending on the type of the unit being used Value Range 1 2 for KX UT113 KX UT 123 1 4 for KX UT133 KX UT 136 Default Value 1 Configuration File Reference DEFAULT LINE SELECT Page 181 Flash Recall Button Description Selects the function of the FLASH RECALL button during a conversation Value Range e Terminate es Flash Hook Default Value Terminate Configuration File Reference FLASH_RECALL_TERMINATE Page 211 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 111 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 Flash Hook Event Description Specifies the type of signal sent when sending a flash hook event Value Range e Signal e flashhook Default Value Signal Configuration File Reference FLASHHOOK_CONTENT_TYPE Page 211 Direct Call Pickup Description Specifies the feature
221. ment Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 137 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List The following tables show all the parameters that can be programmed using configuration file programming For details about each parameter see the reference pages listed For details about configuration file specifications see 2 4 Configuration File Specifications System Settings Category Parameter Name Ref Login Account Settings ADMIN_ID Page 149 ADMIN PASS Page 149 USER ID Page 149 USER PASS Page 149 System Time Settings TIME ZONE Page 150 DST ENABLE Page 150 DST_OFFSET Page 151 DST_START MONTH Page 151 DST START ORDINAL DAY Page 151 DST START DAY OF WEEK Page 152 DST START TIME Page 152 DST STOP MONTH Page 153 DST STOP ORDINAL DAY Page 153 DST STOP DAY OF WEEK Page 153 DST STOP TIME Page 154 LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX Page 154 Syslog Settings SYSLOG EVENT SIP Page 155 SYSLOG EVENT CFG Page 155 SYSLOG EVENT VOIP Page 156 SYSLOG EVENT TEL Page 156 SYSLOG ADDR Page 156 SYSLOG PORT Page 156 SYSLOG RTPSMLY INTVL n Page 157 138 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 1 Configuration File Parameter List
222. mer F non INVITE transaction timeout timer in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 250 64000 Default Value 32000 Configuration File Reference SIP TIMER F n Page 231 Timer H Description Specifies the value of SIP timer H wait time for ACK reception in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 250 64000 Default Value 32000 Configuration File Reference SIP TIMER H n Page 231 Timer J Description Specifies the value of SIP timer J wait time for non INVITE reguest resending in milliseconds For details refer to RFC 3261 Value Range 0 250 64000 Default Value 5000 Configuration File Reference SIP TIMER J n Page 231 4 5 2 10 Quality of Service QoS SIP Packet QoS DSCP Description Selects the DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point level of DiffServ applied to SIP packets Value Range 0 63 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 99 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Default Value 0 Configuration File Reference DSCP_SIP_n Page 217 4 5 2 11 SIP extensions Supports 100rel RFC 3262 Description Selects whether to add the option tag 100rel to the Supported header of the INVITE message For details refer to RFC 3262 Value R
223. mpty string Label Name No 1 24 Page 122 Web User Interface Reference 5 6 VoIP Settings 5 6 1 Codec Settings CODEC_G711_REQ Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether to set PCMU as a codec selection automatically when the codec is set to any codec selection other than PCMU Note e Changing this setting may require restarting the unit Value Range e 0 Do not set PCMU e 1 Set PCMU Default Value 1 CODEC_G729_PARAM Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether to add an attribute line a fmtp 18 annexb no to SDP when the codec is set to G729A Note Changing this setting may require restarting the unit Value Range 0 Do not add a fmtp 18 annexb no e 1 Add a fmtp 18 annexb no Default Value 0 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 1 Codec Settings CODEC ENABLEX n Parameter Name Example CODEC ENABLEX 1 CODEC_ENABLEx 2 CODEC_ENABLEx 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the codec specified in the parameter list Note e The x character in the parameter title should be changed to one of the following numbers according to the codec to be changed 1 G 722 2 PCMA 3 G6 726 32 4 G 729A 5 PCMU For codec
224. nable DNS SRV lookup v Page 96 SRV lookup Prefix for UDP y Page 97 SRV lookup Prefix for TCP v Page 97 Transport Protocol of Transport Protocol v Page 97 SIP Timer Settings T1 Timer v Page 98 T2 Timer v Page 98 Timer B v Page 98 Timer D v Page 99 Timer F v Page 99 Timer H v Page 99 Timer J v Page 99 Quality of Service QoS SIP Packet QoS DSCP v Page 99 SIP extensions Supports 100rel RFC 3262 v Page 100 Supports Session Timer RFC v Page 100 4028 NAT Identity Keep Alive Interval v Page 100 Supports Rport RFC 3581 Page 101 Security Enable SSAF SIP Source Page 101 Address Filter Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Document Version 2011 06 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List Access Menu Item Section Title Setting Level Ref U VolP Settings RTP Settings RTP Packet Time v Page 102 Minimum RTP Port Number v Page 102 Maximum RTP Port Number v Page 102 Telephone event Payload v Page 103 Type VoIP Settings Quality of Service QoS RTP Packet QoS DSCP v Page 104 Line 1 Line 4 Statistical Information RTCP Enable v Page 104 RTCP Interval v Page 105 Jitter Buffer Maximum Delay v Page 105 Minimum Delay v Pa
225. nce and then enter the URL in Firmware File URL Configuration Parameter Example By setting the parameters as shown in the following example the unit will automatically download the firmware file from the specified URL http firm example com firm 01 050 fw and perform the update operation if the currently used firmware version is older than 01 050 Example FIRM UPGRADE ENABLE Y FIRM _VERSION 01 050 FIRM _ UPGRADE AUTO Y FIRM FILE PATH http firm example com firm 01 050 fw 7 3 Executing Firmware Update After configuring the firmware update settings in the configuration file the firmware will be updated when the configuration file is downloaded The firmware update procedure is detailed below 250 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 7 4 Local Firmware Update The firmware update process Step 1 The unit downloads a configuration file from the provisioning server For details about setting the timing of when configuration files are downloaded see 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files Provisioning Server Address Configuration File Provisioning Server The unit compares the version number of the F Compare ag Version firmware in the configuration file to the units current Es L 01 000 Pad firmware version N d j VY Current Version In this example the unit is using version 01 000 and SIP Pho
226. ne Level Narrow Band 24 Headset Sending Level Wide Band 26 Headset Sending Level Narrow Band 30 Headset Receiving Level Narrow Band 32 Headset Sidetone Level Wide Band 34 Headset Sidetone Level Narrow Band 36 Reserved 38 Reserved 40 Reserved 42 Reserved 44 Reserved 46 Reserved 48 SP PHONE Sending Level Wide Band 50 SP PHONE Sending Level Narrow Band 52 SP PHONE Receiving Level Wide Band 54 SP PHONE Receiving Level Narrow Band 56 Reserved 58 Ringer Volume Level For example the following line in a configuration file would change the Handset Receiving Level Wide Band gain 3 decibels ADJDATA_GAIN 0000FDOO 00 is the equivalent of fifty Os 198 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 5 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 only Default Value Empty string 5 5 5 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 only FLEX_BUTTON_FACILITY_ACTx Value Format String Description Specifies a particular Facility Action for the flexible button No facility action will be taken for the button if the string is empty or invalid Value Range Only the following values are available X_PANASONIC_IPTEL_DN X_PANASONIC_IPTEL_HEADSET X_PANASONIC_IPTEL_CONTACT X_
227. ne Provisioned Step 2 the configuration file specifies version 01 050 Configuration File FIRM VERSION 01 050 Step 3 http firm example com When a newer firmware version is specified in the firm 01 050 fw configuration file the unit will download the firmware from the address specified under FIRM FILE PATH in the configuration file SIP Phone 01 050 fw Firmware Server Step 4 Once the newer firmware is downloaded it is applied to the unit and the unit automatically restarts Version 01 050 Version Updated 7 4 Local Firmware Update When an updated version of the firmware is provided on a Web site or other means you can perform the firmware update manually using Web user interface programming For details about the local firmware update see 4 7 2 Local Firmware Update To manually update the firmware 1 In the Web user interface click the Maintenance tab and then click Local Firmware Update 2 Click Browse select the folder where the firmware file is stored and specify the firmware file on your PC 3 Click Update Firmware Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 251 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 7 4 Local Firmware Update 252 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Section 8 Troubleshooting This section provides information about
228. nloading Configuration Files Download Timing Explanation At regular intervals of time The configuration files are downloaded at specified intervals of time set in minutes In the example below the unit has been programmed to check for and download configuration files from the provisioning server every 3 days 4320 minutes CFG _CYCLIC_INTVL 4320 SIP Phone ee y GE Up Check Download Check 3 days later a Download Check 6 days later zl a gt Download The configuration files are downloaded periodically under the following conditions e In the configuration file add the line CFG_CYCLIC Y Set an interval minutes by specifying CFG _CYCLIC_INTVL In the Web user interface Click the Maintenance tab click Provisioning Maintenance and then select Yes for Cyclic Auto Resync Enter an interval minutes in Resync Interval Note The interval may be determined by your phone system dealer A maximum interval of 28 days 40320 minutes can be set on the unit Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 39 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 4 Downloading Configuration Files Download Timing Explanation At a specified time each day After the unit is powered on it will check for and download configuration files once per day at the specified time CFG _RESYNC_TIME 02 00 Provisionin
229. nnnne 235 6 1 Phonebook Import and Export iese esse ees ees sees ee ee ee ee Gee GARAGE Ge Ge Re Re GE ee 236 6 1 1 Import Export Operation ee ee AA AAR AA RR AR RR Ee Re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 238 6 1 2 Editing with Microsoft Excel RE N TO N ER EN ER 239 6 1 3 Exporting Data from Microsoft Outlook iss eege EER er kes Es Es Se ee Ee SE 241 6 2 Dial EE EE N AE N EE AE EE EE NE EE 242 6 2 1 Ba bes vae EE EE EE 243 6 3 Flexible Buttons KX UT133 KX UT136 only EER RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RE EE EER 246 6 3 1 Flexible B tton Settings se BEE see ad Oe RE EK EN heer Beek ee ee Eege 247 T Firmware Update EED SEEK ee See N Ee Ee EEN Ses 249 7 1 Firmware Server setup sense sees kk K ee esse canes eneedenancahecacbestabaauehacech beet Hie deer 250 7 2 Firmware Update Settings siese ie De ae DE ee ee Ee en den Ge ie SwA dees se 250 7 3 Executing Firmware Update sesse see vd is ee N ie Ne iek ks se ed es de oe Re 250 7 4 Local Firmware Update iese sissies ies dbe ENEE SEG Ee Se EE Ee GEEN 251 8 Troubleshosatind EE RR EE EE RR OR RR ee ee Na ee ee ee 253 8 1 Troubleshooting wisciesscretisiannnmenssdexnctenmndrenndasinideisduaanandanslsenustonassaeniueredsauemeauauiinaunineidduiedes 254 ie EE RE EE EE NE AE se errs 257 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Section 1 Initial Setup This section provides an overview of the setup pro
230. nnot leave this field empty if Busy Enable Call Forward is set to Yes Default Value Not stored No Answer Enable Call Forward Description Selects whether to forward incoming calls to a specified destination when a call is not answered after it has rung a specified number of times Note e If Do Not Disturb has been enabled on the server the server rejects incoming calls and the unit does not receive any calls even if you have selected Yes for this setting e Ifyou have selected Yes for this setting and Call Forward has been enabled on the server but the forwarding destinations differ incoming calls are forwarded to the destination set on the server e If Call Forward has been enabled on the server incoming calls are forwarded to the destination set on the server even if you have selected No for this setting e You can synchronize the Do Not Disturb and Call Forward from the Web user interface see Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward in 4 6 2 1 Call Control or through configuration file programming see FWD DND SYNCHRO ENABLE n in 5 7 1 Call Control Settings e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No Document Versi
231. ns which value is applied when the same setting is specified by multiple methods The following table shows the priority with which settings from each method are applied lower numbers indicate higher priority 46 Setting Order Priority Setting Method 1 4 The factory default settings for the unit 2 3 Pre provisioning with the configuration file 2 3 Provisioning with the master configuration file 3 2 2 Provisioning with the product configuration file 2 1 Provisioning with the standard configuration file Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 4 Configuration File Specifications Setting Order Priority Setting Method Settings configured from the Web user interface or the phone user 4 1 interface According to the table settings configured later override previous settings i e settings listed lower in the table have a higher priority If different values are specified for the same setting by the master configuration file and Web user interface programming the value specified from the Web user interface is applied This is because values specified from the Web user interface have a higher priority For settings configured from the Web user interface and the phone user interface the value specified most recently receives priority 2 4 Configuration File Specifications The specifica
232. nswers the call Flashing green rapidly The DN extension is receiving an incoming call Flashing green slowly A call is on hold at e The shared line shared call feature the DN extension is an optional feature and may not be Red on A shared line is in use or on hold supported on your phone system private Flashing red slowly A shared line is on hold normal Note One Touch Used to access a desired party or system feature using the One Touch Dialing feature Headset Used to enable or disable talking using the Off Headset off headset Red on Headset on Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 3 1 Flexible Button Settings Button Description Lamp Indication BLF Used to show the current status of another Off The BLF extension is idle extension call the extension and transfer Red on A corresponding BLF extension is calls to it using the line This button can also be used to perform Flashing red rapidly The BLF extension is Directed Call Pickup see Direct Call receiving an incoming call Pickup in 4 6 1 1 Call Control in the Web user interface or NUM PLAN PICKUP DIRECT in 5 5 1 Call Control Settings in the configuration file Note s BLF Busy Lamp Field is an optional feature and may not be supported on your phone system e It may be necessary to specify the Resource List URI to use this
233. nterface Programming This section explains how to configure the unit by entering direct commands through the phone user interface Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 51 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 3 1 4 Reset Web ID Password 3 1 Phone User Interface Programming This section provides information about the features that can be configured directly from the unit but that are not mentioned in the Operating Instructions To enter direct commands use the dial keys and soft buttons on the unit For details about the other available features settings and key operations on the phone user interface refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site see Introduction 3 1 1 Phone User Interface Feature List and Direct Commands The following table shows additional features programmable with direct commands These commands are hidden from end users arab d Feature Ref 2 8 9 Delete all items of phonebook Page 52 5 3 4 Embedded web Page 20 SIGI Terminal No Page 52 7 3 9 Reset Web ID Password Page 52 1 Not displayed on the LCD of the unit 3 1 2 Phonebook deletion You can delete all items in the phonebook by performing the procedure below from the unit To delete all items in the phonebook 1 ETA soft button 2 8 9 2 Y 4 Select Yes for Delete all items of phonebook ENTE
234. number assigned to a BLF for performing call pickup Value Range Max 4 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference NUM_PLAN_PICKUP_DIRECT Page 181 4 6 1 2 Call Rejection Phone Numbers 1 30 Description Specifies the phone numbers to reject incoming calls from A maximum of 30 phone numbers can be specified Note e You can also configure this setting through the phone user interface If these settings are changed through the phone user interface while being changed through the Web user interface the settings made through the phone user interface will be overwritten by the settings made through the Web user interface Value Range Max 32 characters Note e Even if you specify nonconsecutive fields e g fields 1 5 and 30 they will be rearranged into consecutive fields after you save the settings e 1 2 and 3 e Ifthe phone number contains characters other than 0 9 and the number may not be rejected correctly Default Value Not stored 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 This screen allows you to configure various call features that are specific to each line 112 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 The available line number varies depending on the type of the unit being used Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoI
235. o enable and the file may not be exported successfully In this case try the export operation again or disable the Pop up Blocker feature of your Web browser Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Export Phonebook Export Phonebook Click Export button to export the phonebook from this unit Export Import Phonebook Export Phonebook 4 7 Maintenance This section provides detailed descriptions about all the settings classified under the Maintenance tab 4 7 1 Firmware Maintenance 128 Maintenance Firmware Maintenance This screen allows you to perform firmware updates automatically or manually Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Firmware Maintenance Web Port Close Firmware Maintenance Enable Firmware Update Yes ONo Local Firmware Update Update Type Automatic O Manual Provisioning LEED Firmware File URL Management Server Reset to Defaults Cancel Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Enable Firmware Update 4 7 1 Firmware Maintenance 4 7 1 1 Firmware Maintenance Description Selects whether to perform firmware updates when the unit detects a newer version of firmware Note Changing this setting may require restarting the unit e Local firmware updates from the Web user interface see 4
236. ocument Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List Access Menu Item Section Title Setting Level Ref U Call Control Line Call Control Display Name v v Page 113 Manes Voice Mail Access Number v Page 113 Enable Shared Call v Page 114 Synchronize Do Not Disturb v Page 114 and Call Forward Resource List URI v Page 115 Dial Plan Dial Plan max 500 columns v Page 115 Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Page 115 Match Call Features Block Caller ID Page 116 Block Anonymous Call Page 116 Do Not Disturb Page 117 Call Forward Unconditional Enable Call Forward Page 117 Phone Number Page 118 Busy Enable Call Forward v Page 118 Phone Number v Page 119 No Answer Enable Call Forward v v Page 119 Phone Number v v Page 120 Ring Count v v Page 120 Flexible Button Flexible Button Settings Type No 1 24 v v Page 121 poate 33 Parameter No 1 24 v v Page 121 KX UT136 only Label Name No 1 24 viv Page 122 Document Version www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2011 06 Administrator Guide 63 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List Access 1 Menu Item Section Title Setting Level
237. oes not match any of the dial formats specified in Dial Plan Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 115 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 Value Range e Yes es No Note e Ifyou select Yes calls will be made even if the dialed number does not match the dial formats specified in Dial Plan i e dial plan filtering is disabled If you select No calls will not be made if the dialed number does not match one of the dial formats specified in Dial Plan i e dial plan filtering is enabled Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference DIAL_PLAN_NOT_MATCH_ENABLE_n Page 209 4 6 2 3 Call Features Block Caller ID Description Selects whether to make calls without transmitting the phone number to the called party Note e Availability depends on your phone system Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No Block Anonymous Call Description Selects whether to reject incoming calls that do not show the caller s number Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No 116 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 Do Not Disturb Description Selects whether to enable the Do Not Disturb feature for incoming calls Note
238. of the unit being used s The SIP port number for each line must be unique e You cannot specify the same port number as the port number specified in Web Server Port in 4 4 4 1 Web Server Settings Default Value 5060 for Line 1 5070 for Line 2 5080 for Line 3 5090 for Line 4 Configuration File Reference SIP_SRC_PORT_n Page 214 4 5 2 6 SIP Authentication Authentication ID Description Specifies the authentication ID required to access the SIP server Value Range Max 127 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_AUTHID_n Page 214 Authentication Password Description Specifies the authentication password used to access the SIP server Value Range Max 127 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference SIP_PASS_n Page 214 4 5 2 7 DNS Enable DNS SRV lookup Description Selects whether to request the DNS server to translate domain names into IP addresses using the SRV record 96 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Value Range e Yes es No Note e Ifyou select Yes the unit will perform a DNS SRV lookup for a SIP
239. og out from the Web user interface at any time by clicking Web Port Close 22 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming Controls on the Window The Web user interface window contains various controls for navigating and configuring settings The following figure shows the controls that are displayed on the Basic Network Settings screen as an example Document Version 2011 06 Panasonic KX UT136 Web Port Close Ei Maintenance Network Status System VoIP Telephone Basic Network Settings Network Connection Mode Basic Network Settings Ethernet Port Settings HTTP Client Settings Connection Mode DHCP OStatic Global Address Detection Host Name MODEL Static NAPT Settings Receive DNS server address automatically O Use the following settings DNS1 DNS2 Domain Name Server Static IP Address 192 168 0 123 255 255 255 0 192 168 0 10 DNS1 DNS2 Subnet Mask Default Gateway e The screen shots shown are taken from the Web user interface of the KX UT13x so the model name may differ from that shown on your PC e Actual default values may vary depending on your phone system dealer s When you log in to the Web user interface with the User account the languages of messages displayed on the configuration screen may differ depending on the count
240. oipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 3 VolP Settings 4 5 3 1 RTP Settings RTP Packet Time Description Selects the interval in milliseconds between transmissions of RTP packets Value Range e 20 e 30 e 40 Default Value 20 Configuration File Reference RTP_PTIME Page 204 Minimum RTP Port Number Description Specifies the lowest port number that the unit will use for RTP packets Note e If port numbers are specified in Channel 1 25 in 4 3 5 3 External RTP Port this setting is ignored and the corresponding external RTP port is enabled e The available channel number varies depending on the type of the unit being used Value Range 1024 48750 even number only Note e The value for this setting must be less than or equal to Maximum RTP Port Number 400 Changing this setting may affect the number of simultaneous calls that can be made Therefore when setting this parameter be aware that the maximum number of necessary ports can be calculated as shown below No of lines x No of channels x 2 x 10 No of terminals Default Value 16000 Configuration File Reference RTP_PORT_MIN Page 203 Maximum RTP Port Number Description Specifies the highest port number that the unit will use for RTP packets Note e If port numbers are specified in Channel 1 25 in 4 3 5 3 External RTP Port this setting is ignored and the corresponding
241. olP Settings OUTBANDDTMF_n Parameter Name Example OUTBANDDTMF 1 OUTBANDDTMF 2 OUTBANDDTMF_ A Value Format Boolean Description Specifies the method for transmitting DTMF tones Value Range Y Outband use telephone event N Inband Note e If set to Y DTMF tones will be sent through SDP compliant with RFC 2833 e If set to N DTMF tones will be encoded in the RTP stream Default Value Y Web User Interface Reference DTMF Type Page 106 OUTBANDDTMF_VOL Value Format Integer Description Specifies the volume in decibels dB of the DTMF tone using RFC 2833 Value Range 63 0 Default Value 5 INBANDDTMF_VOL Value Format Integer Description Specifies the volume in decibels dB of in band DTMF tones Value Range 46 0 Default Value 5 TELEVENT_PAYLOAD Value Format Integer 206 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 3 Miscellaneous VolP Settings Description Specifies the RFC 2833 payload type for DTMF tones Note e This setting is available only when OUTBANDDTME n is set to yn Value Range 96 127 Default Value 101 Web User Interface Reference Telephone event Payload Type Page 103 RFC2543 HOLD ENABLE n Parameter Name Example RFC2543 HOLD ENABLE 1 RFC2543 HOLD
242. on 2011 06 Administrator Guide 119 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 No Answer Phone Number Description Specifies the phone number of the destination to forward calls to when a call is not answered after it has rung a specified number of times Note e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range Max 32 characters Note e You cannot leave this field empty if No Answer Enable Call Forward is set to Yes Default Value Not stored No Answer Ring Count Description Specifies the number of times that an incoming call rings until the call is forwarded Note e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range 0 2 20 0 No ring Default Value 3 120 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 3 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX UT136 only 4 6 3 Flexible Button Settings KX UT133 KX
243. on 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 3 Basic Network Setup DNS Server Settings You can configure the unit to use 2 DNS servers a primary DNS server and a secondary DNS server If you set both DNS servers the primary DNS server receives priority over the secondary DNS server If the primary DNS server returns no reply the secondary DNS server will be used For details about configuring the DNS server settings using the unit or using the Web user interface see Configuring the Network Settings of the Unit in this section DNS Priority Using Configuration File The setting for DNS server s may be configured using the configuration files by your phone system dealer see DNS1_ADDR and DNS2_ADDR in 5 4 2 DNS Settings e Ifthe DNS server addresses specified in the configuration file see DNS_PRIORITY in 5 4 2 DNS Settings are given priority the unit first sends its requests to those DNS servers If a match is not found the unit then sends its request to the DNS servers that were specified by the DHCP server or the primary secondary DNS servers that were specified on the unit or via the Web user interface e Ifthe DNS servers that were specified by the DHCP server or the primary secondary DNS servers that were specified on the unit or via the Web user interface are given priority the unit first sends its requests to those DNS servers If a match is not found the unit t
244. on the unit Error code Probable Cause Solution 10001 MAC address error Consult your network administrator or phone system dealer 11001 11006 Device error Consult your network administrator or phone system dealer 90001 e Transmission error e Check network settings e Unit not registered e Check that settings are correct for registration to the SIP server Checking the Status of the Unit You can check the status of the unit by using Web user interface programming see 4 2 2 Network Status and 4 2 3 VoIP Status or by looking at system logs see 5 3 3 Syslog Settings sent from the unit To check the setting status in the Web user interface 1 2 3 4 Click the Status tab and then click Network Status to check the network settings Check the status displayed Click VoIP Status to check the VoIP settings Check the status displayed To send the system logs of specified events to the syslog server 1 256 Set the following parameters to specify your PC Windows Linux operating system etc as the syslog server SYSLOG ADDR Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the syslog server SYSLOG PORT Specifies the port number of the syslog server Set the following parameters to log specific events SYSLOG EVENT SIP Logs SIP related syslog events SYSLOG EVENT CSG Logs syslog events regarding configuration SYSLOG EVENT _VOIP Logs syslog events regarding VoI
245. onnected from the IP network immediately For security reasons it is recommended that the passwords are set again immediately see 4 4 2 Administrator Password or 4 4 3 Change User Password Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 53 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 3 1 4 Reset Web ID Password 54 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Section 4 Web User Interface Programming This section provides information about the settings available in the Web user interface Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 55 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List 4 1 Web User Interface Setting List The following tables show all the settings that you can configure from the Web user interface and the access levels For details about each setting see the reference pages listed For details about setting up Web user interface programming see 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming Status Access Menu Item Section Title Setting Level Ref U A Version Version Information Model v v Page 66 DER Operating Bank v v Page 66 IPL Version v v Page 66 Firmware Version v v Page 66 Network Status Network Status MAC Address v v Page 67 Ethernet Link Status LAN v v Page 67
246. ote e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 1 12 Default Value 10 Web User Interface Reference Month Page 89 DST_STOP_ORDINAL_DAY Value Format Integer Description Specifies the number of the week on which DST Summer Time ends The actual end day is specified in DST_STOP_DAY_OF_WEEK For example to specify the second Sunday specify 2 in this parameter and 0 in the next parameter Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 1 5 1 the first week of the month 2 the second week of the month 3 the third week of the month 4 the fourth week of the month 5 the fifth week of the month Default Value 2 Web User Interface Reference Day of Week Page 90 DST_STOP_DAY_OF_WEEK Value Format Integer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 153 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 2 System Time Settings Description Specifies the day of the week on which DST Summer Time ends Note e This parameter is disabled when the LOCAL TIME ZONE POSIX parameter is specified Value Range 0 6 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday l OOUORKRUON2O Default Value 0 Web User Interface Referenc
247. ou click a tab menu item the Save button or by reloading the application or pressing the F5 key Value Range 1 1440 Default Value 30 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings This screen allows you to enable automatic clock adjustment using an NTP server and configure the settings for DST Daylight Saving Time also known as Summer Time Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Time Adjust Settings Enable Synchronization by NTP ee Synchronization Interval Web Server Settings 43200 seconds 10 86400 Time Adjust Settings NTP Server Address Time Zone GMT he Daylight Saving Time Enable DST DST Offset OYes OND 60 minute s 0 720 Start Day and Time of DST Month Day of Week Time March el Second Sunday EI 120 minute s 0 1439 End Day and Time of DST Month Day of Week Time 86 Administrator Guide October Second Sunday x 120 minute s 0 1439 ED Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings 4 4 5 1 Synchronization Enable Synchronization by NTP Description Selects whether to enable the unit to automatically adjust its clock according to the time information provided by an NTP server Value Range e Yes es No Note e Even if you select Yes this feature will not function prope
248. parated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of Dial Tone 1 using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note s Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 60 0 Web User Interface Reference Tone Timings Page 123 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 185 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 2 Tone Settings DIAL_TONE2 FRO Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone freguencies in hertz of Dial Tone 2 using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 350 440 DIAL_TONE2_GAIN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of Dial Tone 2 Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 DIAL_TONE2_RPT Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether Dial Tone 2 is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 0 DIAL_TONE2_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of Dial Tone 2 using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note e Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 millisecond
249. pecifies the encryption key password used to decrypt configuration files Note e Ifthe extension of the configuration file is e2c the configuration file will be decrypted using this key Value Range 32 byte characters Note e Ifan empty string is set for this parameter decryption with this value is disabled Default Value Empty string CFG_FILE_KEY3 Value Format String Description Specifies the encryption key password used to decrypt configuration files Note e Ifthe extension of the configuration file is e3c the configuration file will be decrypted using this key Value Range 32 byte characters Note e Ifan empty string is set for this parameter decryption with this value is disabled Default Value Empty string CFG_FILE_KEY_LENGTH Value Format Integer Description Specifies the key lengths in bits used to decrypt configuration files Value Range es 128 e 192 e 256 Default Value 128 CFG_CYCLIC Value Format Boolean Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 163 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 5 Provisioning Settings Description Specifies whether the unit periodically checks for updates of configuration files Value Range e y Enable periodic synchronization of configuration files e N Disable periodic synchronization of configuration files
250. phone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Description Specifies the interval in seconds between transmissions of the Keep Alive packet to the unit in order to maintain the NAT binding information Note e This setting is available only when SIP TRANSPORT n is set to 0 for UDP Value Range 0 10 300 0 Disable Default Value 0 Web User Interface Reference Keep Alive Interval Page 100 SIP_ADD_RPORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP_ADD_RPORT_1 SIP_ADD RPORT 2 SIP ADD RPORT 4 Value Format Boolean Description Selects whether to add the rport parameter to the top Via header field value of reguests generated For details refer to RFC 3581 Value Range e Y Add Rport RFC 3581 e N Do not add Rport RFC 3581 Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Supports Rport RFC 3581 Page 101 SIP REGURI PORT n Parameter Name Example SIP REOURI PORT 1 SIP REOURI PORT 2 SIP REOURI PORT 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to add the port parameter to the Reguest Line in the initial SIP reguest Value Range e Y Add the port parameter e N Do not add the port parameter Note e Request URI in REGISTER example If setto Y the port parameter is added to the Request Line as follows Request Line REGISTER sip 192 168 0 10 5060 SIP 2 0 If set to N the port parameter i
251. pports NAT Traversal you need only to set the IP address of the SIP outbound proxy server to the unit no other settings are necessary However depending on the phone system of the outbound proxy service no setting may be necessary because private IP addresses are automatically translated into global IP addresses by the outbound proxy server For details about the outbound proxy service consult your phone system dealer When TCP is used to transport the SIP messages you must always configure the devices for NAT Traversal To configure NAT Traversal you must have the following information e The global IP address of the router e The port numbers you will specify for Source Port and External RTP Port through the Web user interface so that you can configure the appropriate port forwarding settings Note e Because the IP address of the router needs to be set in the unit the IP address must be static SIP Setup It might be necessary to manually set the router s global IP address and reception port number in the unit In addition it might also be necessary to configure the port forwarding settings of the router so that packets sent from an outside network are sent to the unit These settings are required for each individual line For details about Web user interface programming see 4 3 5 Static NAPT Settings and 4 5 2 5 SIP Source Port Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 27 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvo
252. r Domain Name Server e Select Use the following settings for Domain Name Server to enter the address for primary and secondary DNS servers manually Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 17 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 5 Phone User Interface Programming To configure network settings manually Z NOAPRNA ote Click the Network tab and then click Basic Network Settings Select Static for Connection Model Enter an IP address in Static IP Address Enter the subnet mask in Subnet Mask Enter a default gateway address in Default Gateway Enter the address for the primary DNS server in DNS1 If necessary enter the address for the secondary DNS server in DNS2 If your phone system dealer does not allow you these settings you cannot change them even though the unit shows the setting menu Contact your phone system dealer for further information If you select DHCP for DHCP on the unit or you select DHCP for Connection Mode in the Web user interface all the settings concerning static connection will be ignored even if they have been specified e Ifyou select DHCP for DHCP and Automatic for DNS on the unit or you select DHCP for Connection Mode and Receive DNS server address automatically for Domain Name Server in the Web user interface the DNS server settings DNS1 and DNS2 will be ignored even if they have been specif
253. r interface The following operations will be prohibited Pre provisioning Provisioning at startup Provisioning at regular intervals Provisioning by sending a NOTIFY message In the configuration file Add the line PROVISION _ENABLE N In the Web user interface Click the Maintenance tab click Provisioning Maintenance and then select No for Enable Provisioning To enable provisioning again in the Web user interface Click the Maintenance tab click Provisioning Maintenance and then select Yes for Enable Provisioning Downloading Configuration Files using TR 069 TR 069 Technical Report 069 is a protocol for the remote management of terminals using the technical specifications of CWMP CPE Customer Premises Equipment WAN Management Protocol TR 069 allows terminals to have their settings configured automatically via connection to ACSs Auto Configuration Servers For details about setting up the parameters necessary for using TR 069 see 4 7 4 Management Server and 5 3 6 Management Server Settings Notice e Settings that are configured using TR 069 can also be configured using the standard configuration file Therefore take care that settings do not overlap when using both configuration methods together Settings configured using TR 069 Parameter Name Requirement Ref TR 069 Parameter Configuration File Parameter T
254. r line written over multiple lines is not allowed It will cause an error on the configuration file resulting in invalid provisioning Configuration Parameters e The unit supports multiple telephone lines For some parameters the value for each line must be specified independently A parameter name with the suffix _1 is the parameter for line 1 _2 for line 2 and so on Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 47 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 5 1 Examples of Codec Settings Examples of setting the line phone number for accessing a voice mail server VM NUMBER 1 for line 1 VM NUMBER 2 for line 2 VM_NUMBER_4 for line 4 Note e The number of lines available varies depending on the phone being used as follows KX UT113 KX UT123 1 2 KX UT133 KX UT136 1 4 e The maximum length of a parameter name is 32 characters e The maximum length of a parameter value is 500 characters excluding double quotation marks e No space characters are allowed in the line except when the value includes a space character s Example DISPLAY NAME 1 John Smith valid DISPLAY NAME 1 John Smith invalid e Some parameter values can be specified as empty to set the parameter values to empty Example NTP_ADDR e The parameters have no order e Ifthe same parameter is specified in a configuration file more than once the value specified first is applied e
255. rPort TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile SUB RTX INTVL n Page 226 i SIP EventSubscribe i ExpireTime TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile REG RTX INTVL n Page 226 i SIP RegisterRetryInterval TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile SIP OUTPROXY ADDR n Page 228 i SIP OutboundProxy TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile SIP_OUTPROXY_PORT_n Page 228 i SIP OQutboundProxyPort TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile SIP_TRANSPORT_n Page 228 i SIP ProxyServerTransport Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 43 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 5 Provisioning Server Setting Example Parameter Name Requirement Ref TR 069 Parameter Configuration File Parameter TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile PHONE_NUMBER_n Page 212 i Line 1 DirectoryNumber TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile DISPLAY NAME n Page 208 i Line 1 CallingFeatures CalleriDName TR 104 Device VoiceService 1 VoiceProfile CW_ENABLE n Page 211 i Line 1 CallingFeatures CallWaitingEnable 2 2 5 Provisioning Server Setting Example This section gives an example of how to set up the units and provisioning server when configuring 2 units with configuration files The standard configuration files and the master configuration file are used in this example Conditions Item Description Setting Provisioning server FQ
256. racters you can use in the dial format and what the characters mean Element Available Value Description String 0 9 lt gt You can enter dial plan descriptions using a combination of S s T t X x the characters listed as available values Digit 0 9 Example 123 If the dialed phone number is 123 the call is made immediately Wildcard X X Example 12xxxxx If the dialed phone number is 12 followed by any 5 digit number the call is made immediately Range Example 123 If the dialed phone number is either one of 1 2 or 3 the call is made immediately Subrange Example 1 5 If the dialed phone number is 1 2 3 4 or 5 the call is made immediately e A subrange is only valid for single digit numbers For example 4 9 is valid but 12 21 is invalid Repeat Example 1 If the dialed phone number is 1 followed by zero or more 1 s e g 11 111 the call is made Substitution lt before after gt Example lt 101 9999 gt If the dialed phone number is 101 101 is replaced by 9999 and then the call is made immediately Timer S s second Example 1x S2 If the dialed phone number begins with 1 the call is made after a lapse of 2 seconds The number 0 9 followed by S or s shows the duration in seconds until the call is made 244 Administrator Guide Document Ver
257. registrar server SIP proxy server SIP outbound proxy server or SIP presence server If you select No the unit will not perform a DNS SRV lookup for a SIP registrar server SIP proxy server SIP outbound proxy server or SIP presence server Default Value Yes Configuration File Reference SIP_DNSSRV_ENA_n Page 220 SRV lookup Prefix for UDP Description Specifies a prefix to add to the domain name when performing a DNS SRV lookup using UDP Note This setting is available only when Enable DNS SRV lookup is set to Yes Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value _sip _udp Configuration File Reference SIP_UDP_SRV_PREFIX_n Page 221 SRV lookup Prefix for TCP Description Specifies a prefix to add to the domain name when performing a DNS SRV lookup using TCP Note e This setting is available only when Enable DNS SRV lookup is set to Yes Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value _sip _tcp Configuration File Reference SIP_TCP_SRV_PREFIX_n Page 221 4 5 2 8 Transport Protocol of SIP Transport Protocol Description Selects which transport layer protocol to use for sending SIP packets Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 97 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 5 2 SIP Settings Line 1 Line 4 Value Range es UDP e
258. resh updates the information displayed on the screen Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System J VoIP Telephone Maintenance VoIP Status Line No Phone Number VoIP Status Network Status 0 6039 Registered oO 6040 Registering 30 Oo 4 2 3 1 VoIP Status Line No Description Indicates the line number 1 2 or 1 4 to which a phone number is assigned reference only Note s The available line number varies depending on the type of the unit being used Value Range e Line 1 Line 2 for KX UT113 KX UT123 Line 1 Line 4 for KX UT133 KX UT 136 Default Value Not applicable Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 69 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 3 1 Basic Network Settings Phone Number Description Indicates the currently assigned phone numbers reference only Note e The corresponding field is blank if a line has not yet been leased or if the unit has not been configured Value Range Max 32 digits Default Value Not applicable VoIP Status Description Indicates the current VoIP status of each line reference only Value Range e Registered The unit has been registered to the SIP server and the line can be used e Registering The unit is being registered to the SIP server and the line cannot be used e Blank The line has not been leased the unit has not been configured yet or a SIP authentication
259. rly Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 19 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming 1 1 6 2 Changing the Language for Web User Interface Programming When accessing the unit via the Web user interface on a PC connected to the same network various menus and settings are displayed You can change the language used for displaying these setting items Because the language setting for the Web user interface is not synchronized with those of the unit you must set the languages for each independently For details see 4 4 1 Web Language 1 1 6 3 Before Accessing the Web User Interface Recommended Environment This unit supports the following specifications HTTP Version HTTP 1 0 RFC 1945 HTTP 1 1 RFC 2616 Authentication Method Digest or Basic The Web user interface will operate correctly in the following environments Operating System Microsoft Windows XP or Windows 7 operating system Web Browser Internet Explorer 7 0 or Internet Explorer 8 0 internet browser Language recommended English Opening Closing the Web Port To access the Web user interface you must open the unit s Web port beforehand For details refer to the Operating Instructions on the Panasonic Web site see Introduction For details about additional features available with direct commands see Section 3 Phone User Interface P
260. rly if the NTP server address setting is invalid Default Value Yes Synchronization Interval Description Specifies the interval in seconds between synchronizations with the NTP server Value Range 10 86400 Default Value 43200 Configuration File Reference TIME_QUERY_INTVL Page 177 4 4 5 2 Time Server NTP Server Address Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the NTP server Value Range Max 127 characters Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference NTP_ADDR Page 176 4 4 5 3 Time Zone Time Zone Description Selects your time zone Value Range GMT 12 00 GMT 13 00 Default Value GMT Configuration File Reference TIME_ZONE Page 150 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 87 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings 4 4 5 4 Daylight Saving Time Summer Time Enable DST Enable Summer Time Description Selects whether to enable DST Summer Time Value Range e Yes es No Default Value No Configuration File Reference DST_ENABLE Page 150 DST Offset Summer Time Offset Description Specifies the amount of time in minutes to change the time when Enable DST Enable Summer Time is set to Yes Value Range 0 720 Default Value 60 Configuration File Refer
261. rm this initialization follow the procedure below 1 EN soft button 2 Y 4 Select Default Setting gt ENTER gt IP Reset gt ENTER Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 29 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 2 2 Firmware Update 3 Iert Select Yes gt ENTER 4 Y 4 Select Yes gt ENTER Notice e After performing IP Reset the unit will restart automatically To avoid problems it is recommended that you save your settings before performing IP Reset 1 2 1 3 Resetting the Settings Made through the Web User Interface Reset Web Settings Performing Reset Web Settings from the Web user interface gt see 4 7 5 Reset to Defaults resets the settings made through the Web user interface to their default values When you use this feature the unit will return to the status just after performing the most recent provisioning or pre provisioning Notice e After performing Reset Web Settings the unit will restart automatically To avoid problems it is recommended that you save your settings before performing Reset Web Settings Note The settings configured through the phone user interface only will not be reset However settings that can be configured through both the phone user interface and Web user interface will be reset 1 2 2 Firmware Update 30 You can update the unit s firmware to improve the unit s operation You can configure t
262. rogramming 36 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 2 2 3 Configuration File Using 3 Types of Configuration Files The unit can download up to 3 configuration files One way to take advantage of this is by classifying the configuration files into the following 3 types Type Usage Master configuration file Configure settings that are common to all units such as the SIP server address and the IP addresses of the DNS and NTP Network Time Protocol servers managed by your phone system dealer This configuration file is used by all the units Example of the configuration file s URL http prov example com Panasonic ConfigCommon cfg Product configuration file Configure settings that are required for a particular model such as the default setting of the privacy mode This configuration file is used by all the units that have the same model name The same number of configuration files as models being used on the network are stored on the provisioning server and units with the same model name download the corresponding configuration file Example of the configuration file s URL http prov example com Panasonic Config MODEL cfg Note s When a unit requests the configuration file MODEL is replaced by the model name of the unit Standard configuration file Configure settings that are unique to each unit suc
263. rogramming Configuring Settings from the Unit To open the unit s Web port 1 E soft button 5 3 4 2 YJ A Select on for Embedded web ENTER To close the unit s Web port 1 ER soft button 534 2 V a Select o for Embedded web ENTER 20 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming Configuring Settings from the Web User Interface To close the units Web port 1 Inthe Web user interface click Web Port Close 2 Click OK Note e The Web port of the unit will be closed automatically in the following conditions The port close timer configured through the Web user interface expires see Port Close Timer in 4 4 4 1 Web Server Settings 3 consecutive unsuccessful login attempts occur e The Web port can be set to stay open continuously through Configuration file programming see HTTPD PORTOPEN AUTO in 5 4 4 HTTP Settings However please recognize the possibility of unauthorized access to the unit by doing so Access Levels IDs and Passwords 2 accounts with different access privileges are provided for accessing the Web user interface User and Administrator Each account has its own ID and password which are required to log in to the Web user interface Document Version Account Target User ID default Password de
264. rver Settings This screen allows you to change the Web server settings Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Web Server Settings System Web Server Settings Web Server Port Administrator Password Port Close Timer Web Server Settings Time Adjust Settings 80 80 1024 49151 30 minute s 1 1440 Save Cancel 4 4 4 1 Web Server Settings Web Server Port Description Value Range Specifies the port number used by the Web server 80 1024 49151 Note e You cannot specify here the same port number as any of the port numbers specified for the individual lines in Source Port in 4 5 2 5 SIP Source Port Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 85 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings Default Value 80 Note e When you change the default value of the port number to a value other than 80 such as 8080 enter the URL for accessing the Web user interface using the following format http 192 168 0 100 8080 192 168 0 100 IP address of the unit Port Close Timer Description Specifies the length of time in minutes to keep the Web port open when there has been no communication between the unit and the PC If the specified length of time elapses without any communication the Web port closes automatically Communication is detected when y
265. ry area of use Tabs Tabs are the top categories for classifying settings When you click a tab the corresponding menu items and the configuration screen of the first menu item appear There are 6 tabs for the Administrator account and 4 tabs for the User account For details about the account types see Access Levels IDs and Passwords in this section Menu The menu displays the sub categories of the selected tab Configuration Screen Clicking a menu displays the corresponding configuration screen which contains the actual settings grouped into sections For details see 4 2 Status to 4 7 6 Restart Buttons The following standard buttons are displayed in the Web user interface Button Function Web Port Close Closes the Web port of the unit and logs you out of the Web user interface after a confirmation message is displayed Save Applies changes and displays a result message see Result Messages in this section Cancel Discards changes The settings on the current screen will return to the values they had before being changed Administrator Guide 23 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 6 Web User Interface Programming Button Function Refresh Updates the status information displayed on the screen This button is displayed in the upper right area of the Network Status and VoIP Status screens Entering Characters In th
266. s e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range e Yes e No Default Value No Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 117 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 2 Call Control Line 1 Line 4 Unconditional Phone Number Description Specifies the phone number of the destination to forward all incoming calls to Note e Ifyou change this setting when Synchronize Do Not Disturb and Call Forward is set to Yes the change to this setting is not immediately applied on this screen In this case reload the screen to confirm that the change is applied Value Range Max 32 characters Note You cannot leave this field empty if Unconditional Enable Call Forward is set to Yes Default Value Not stored Busy Enable Call Forward Description Selects whether to forward incoming calls to a specified destination when the line is in use Note e If Do Not Disturb has been enabled on the server the server rejects incoming calls and the unit does not receive any calls even if you have selected Yes for this setting e Ifyou have selected Yes for this setting and Call Forward has been enabled on the server but
267. s PERIODIC INFORM TIME parameter is used only to set the phase of the periodic Informs The actual value can be arbitrarily set far into the past or future For example if PERIODIC_INFORM_INTERVAL is set to 86400 one day and if PERIODIC_INFORM_ TIME is set to midnight on a certain day then periodic Informs will occur every day at midnight starting from the set date e If the time is set to Unknown time the start time depends on the CPE s settings However the PERIODIC_INFORM_INTERVAL must still be adhered to If absolute time is not available to the CPE its periodic Inform behavior must be the same as if the PERIODIC_INFORM_TIME parameter was set to the unknown time e Time zones other than UTC are not supported Value Range 4 32 characters Default Value 0001 01 01T00 00 00Z unknown time CON REO USER ID Value Format String Description Specifies the username used to authenticate an ACS making a Connection Request to the CPE Value Range Max 63 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string CON_REQ_PASS Value Format String Description Specifies the password used to authenticate an ACS making a Connection Request to the CPE Note e When the CON_REQ USER_ID parameter is specified an empty string for this parameter is not allowed Value Range Max 63 characters except amp
268. s no valid phonebook entries e Nophonebook entry is registered inthe 4 6 7 Export Phonebook export source the unit 1 Failed Transfer Failure may not be displayed depending on your Web browser Notice e Do not click the navigation buttons of your Web browser or open a new window to display the screen Otherwise an error 403 Forbidden will occur when you click Save 1 1 7 Other Network Settings 1 1 7 1 Firewall and Router Setup When the unit is connected to a network that is protected by a firewall and or router you need to configure the firewall and or router so that they do not block communication from the IP address and port number used by the unit 26 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 1 1 7 Other Network Settings 1 1 7 2 NAT Network Address Translation Setup This section provides information about configuring a router that uses NAT Internet Global IP address XXX YVY 2ZZ 127 PC SIP Phone Private IP address Private IP address 192 168 228 111 192 168 228 12 If the unit is connected to a network that uses a NAT router and a private IP address is assigned to each terminal on the network depending on your phone system s setup you might need to configure the unit and router so as to use NAT Traversal techniques If your phone system dealer provides an outbound proxy service that su
269. s not added to Request Line as follows Request Line REGISTER sip 192 168 0 10 SIP 2 0 Default Value Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 225 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings SIP SUBS EXPIRE n Parameter Name Example SIP SUBS EXPIRE 1 SIP SUBS EXPIRE 2 SIP SUBS EXPIRE 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the subscription remains valid This value is set in the Expires header of the SUBSCRIBE request Value Range 1 4294967295 Default Value 3600 SUB_RTX_INTVL_n Parameter Name Example SUB_RTX_INTVL_1 SUB_RTX_INTVL_2 SUB_RTX_INTVL_4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval in seconds between transmissions of SUBSCRIBE requests when a subscription results in failure Server no reply or error reply Value Range 10 86400 Default Value 10 REG_RTX_INTVL_n Parameter Name Example REG RTX INTVL 1 REG RTX INTVL 2 REG RTX INTVL 4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the interval in seconds between transmissions of the REGISTER reguest when a registration results in failure server no reply or error reply Value Range 10 86400 Default Value 10 SIP_P_PREFERRED_ID_n Parameter Name Example SIP_P PREFERR
270. s not allowed Default Value admin ADMIN PASS Value Format String Description Specifies the password to use to authenticate the Administrator account when logging in to the Web user interface Value Range 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value adminpass Web User Interface Reference e Current Password Page 83 e New Password Page 83 e Confirm New Password Page 83 USER_ID Value Format String Description Specifies the account ID used to access the Web user interface with the User account Value Range Max 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Note An empty string is not allowed Default Value user USER_PASS Value Format String Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 149 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 3 2 System Time Settings Description Specifies the password to use to authenticate the User account when logging in to the Web user interface Value Range 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string only before a user accesses the Web user interface for the first time Web User Interface Reference e Current Password Page 84 e New Password Page 84 e Confirm New Password Page 85 5 3 2 System Time Settings TIME_ZONE
271. s or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 60 0 DIAL TONE4 FRO Value Format Integer 186 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 2 Tone Settings Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of Dial Tone 4 stutter dial tones to notify that a voice mail is waiting using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 350 440 Web User Interface Reference Tone Frequencies Page 124 DIAL_TONE4_GAIN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of Dial Tone 4 stutter type dial tone Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 DIAL TONE4 RPT Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether Dial Tone 4 stutter type dial tone is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 0 DIAL_TONE4_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of Dial Tone 4 stutter dial tones to notify that a voice mail is waiting using up to 22 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note Itis recommended that you set a value of 560 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Val
272. s whether to enable the settings in 4 3 1 Basic Network Settings and 4 4 5 Time Adjust Settings from the Web user interface when logged in with the User account Value Range 0 3 0 Enable Basic Network Settings and Time Adjust Settings 1 Disable Basic Network Settings 2 Disable Time Adjust Settings 3 Disable Basic Network Settings and Time Adjust Settings Default Value 0 178 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 1 Call Control Settings 5 5 Telephone Settings 5 5 1 Call Control Settings VM SUBSCRIBE ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to send the SUBSCRIBE reguest to a voice mail server Note e Your phone system must support voice mail Value Range Y Send the SUBSCRIBE request N Do not send the SUBSCRIBE request Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Send SUBSCRIBE to Voice Mail Server Page 109 CONFERENCE SERVER URI Value Format String Description Specifies the URI for a conference server which consists of sip a user part the symbol and a host part for example sip conference example com Note e InaSIP URI the user part conference in the example above can contain up to 63 characters and the host part example com in the example above can contain up to 127 char
273. sage Complete is displayed the next time you access the Web user interface the authentication dialog box appears Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network Telephone Maintenance Reset to Defaults Web Port Close Maintenance Reset Web Data The Web data for this unit will be reset to its default values when you click Reset Web Settings Provisioning Maintenance Management Server Reset Web Settings Restart 4 7 6 Restart This screen allows you to restart the unit by clicking Restart After you click this button a dialog box is displayed asking whether you want to restart the unit Click OK to perform a restart or Cancel not to Notice The unit will restart even if it is being accessed through the phone user interface or on calls Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VolP Telephone Maintenance Restart Web Port Close Maintenance Click Restart to restart this unit Restarting will take a few moments Provisioning Management Server Reset to Defaults Restart 8 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 135 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 6 Restart 136 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Section 5 Configuration File Programming This section provides information about the configuration parameters used in the configuration files Docu
274. sed for unencrypted configuration files Comparison of the 2 Methods The following table compares the characteristics for the 2 transfer methods Transferring Encrypted Configuration Files Transferring Configuration Files Using HTTPS Provisioning server load Light Heavy The server encrypts data for each transmission Operation load Necessary to encrypt data beforehand Unnecessary to encrypt data beforehand Management of configuration files Files must be decrypted and re encrypted for maintenance It is easy to manage files because they are not encrypted on the server Security of data on the server when operating High Low Configuration files are readable by anyone with access to the server Moreover there is another method configuration files are not encrypted while stored on the server and then using the encryption key registered to the unit beforehand they are encrypted when they are transferred This method is particularly useful when several units are configured to download a common configuration file using different encryption keys However as when downloading an unencrypted configuration file using HTTPS the server will be heavily burdened when transferring configuration files 2 3 Priority of Setting Methods The same settings can be configured by different configuration methods provisioning Web user interface programming etc This section explai
275. sed to access the SIP server Value Range Max 127 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Authentication Password Page 96 SIP_SRC_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP_SRC_PORT_1 SIP_SRC_PORT_2 SIP_SRC_PORT A Value Format Integer Description Specifies the source port number used by the unit for SIP communication Value Range 1024 49151 Note s The SIP port number for each line must be unique Default Value 5060 for SIP SRC PORT 1 5070 for SIP SRC PORT 2 5080 for SIP SRC PORT 3 5090 for SIP SRC PORT 4 Web User Interface Reference Source Port Page 95 SIP PRXY ADDR n Parameter Name Example SIP PRXY ADDR 1 SIP PRXY ADDR 2 SIP PRXY ADDR A Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address or FODN of the SIP proxy server 214 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings Value Range Max 127 characters IP address in dotted decimal notation or FQDN Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Proxy Server Address Page 94 SIP_PRXY_PORT_n Parameter Name Example SIP PRXY PORT 1 SIP PRXY PORT 2 SIP PRXY PORT 4 Value Format Integer
276. ser Interface Reference Display Name Page 113 VM_NUMBER_n Parameter Name Example VM_NUMBER_1 VM_NUMBER_2 VM NUMBER 4 Value Format String Description Specifies the phone number used to access the voice mail server Note e Your phone system must support voice mail Value Range Max 32 characters Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Voice Mail Access Number Page 113 DIAL_PLAN_n 208 Parameter Name Example DIAL PLAN _1 DIAL PLAN 2 DIAL PLAN A Value Format String Description Specifies a dial format such as specific phone numbers that control which numbers can be dialed or how to handle the call when making a call For details see 6 2 Dial Plan Value Range Max 500 characters Default Value Empty string Web User Interface Reference Dial Plan max 500 columns Page 115 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 1 Call Control Settings DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE n Parameter Name Example DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE 1 DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE 2 DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE A Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable dial plan filtering so that a call is not made when the dialed number does not match any of the dial formats specified in D
277. setting examples see 2 5 1 Examples of Codec Settings Value Range Y Enable e N Disable Default Value Web User Interface Reference G722 Enable Page 107 e PCMA Enable Page 107 e G726 32 Enable Page 107 e G729A Enable Page 108 e PCMU Enable Page 108 CODEC_PRIORITYx_n Parameter Name Example CODEC_PRIORITYx_1 CODEC_PRIORITYx_2 CODEC_PRIORITYx_4 Value Format Integer Description Specifies the priority order for the codec Note e The x character in the parameter title should be changed to one of the following numbers according to the codec to be changed 1 G 722 2 PCMA 3 G 726 32 4 G6 729A 5 PCMU e For codec setting examples see 2 5 1 Examples of Codec Settings Value Range 1 255 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 201 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 2 RTP Settings Default Value 1 Web User Interface Reference G722 Priority Page 107 PCMA Priority Page 107 e G726 32 Priority Page 108 e G729A Priority Page 108 e PCMU Priority Page 108 5 6 2 RTP Settings DSCP_RTP_n Parameter Name Example DSCP_RTP_1 DSCP_RTP_2 DSCP_RTP_4 Value Format Integer Description Selects the DSCP level of DiffServ applied to RTP packets Value Range 0 63 Default Value 0 W
278. sion 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 2 1 Dial Plan Settings Element Available Value Description Macro Timer T t Example 1x T If the dialed phone number begins with 1 the call is made after a lapse of T seconds e The value of T or t can be configured through the Web user interface see Timer for Dial Plan in 4 6 1 1 Call Control Reject Example 123xxx If the dialed phone number is 123 followed by 3 digits the call is not made Alternation Example 1xxxx 2xxx If the dialed phone number is 1 followed by 4 digits or 2 followed by 3 digits the call is made immediately You can use this element to specify multiple numbers e You can enter up to 500 characters in Dial Plan e You can assign up to 20 dial plans separated by in Dial Plan e You can assign up to 32 digits per dial plan in Dial Plan e After the user completes dialing the unit immediately sends all the dialed digits if Call Even If Dial Plan Does Not Match is set to Yes in the Web user interface or if DIAL_PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE _n is setto Y in a configuration file The unit recognizes the end of dialing as follows The inter digit timer expires see Inter digit Timeout in 4 6 1 1 Call Control in the Web user interface or INTDIGIT TIM in 5 5 1 Call Control Settings in the configuration file The user presses ENTER or
279. sword the next time you access the Web user interface the authentication dialog box appears Two consecutive login failures will result in an error 401 Unauthorized This restriction only applies the first time you attempt to log in after changing the password In all other circumstances an error occurs after 3 unsuccessful login attempts Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System Telephone Maintenance Change Administrator Password System Change Administrator Password Web Language Current Password Administrator Password Change User Password New Password Time Adjust Settings Confirm New Password 6 16 characters 4 4 2 1 Change Administrator Password Current Password Description Specifies the current password to use to authenticate the Administrator account when logging in to the Web user interface Value Range 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value adminpass Configuration File Reference ADMIN_PASS Page 149 New Password Description Specifies the new password to use to authenticate the Administrator account when logging in to the Web user interface Value Range 6 16 characters except amp lt gt and space Default Value Not stored Configuration File Reference ADMIN_PASS Page 149 Confirm New Password Description Specifies the same password that you entered in New
280. te verification is enabled In this case the validity of the server name will be verified in addition to the items verified when 1 is set e Ifthe unit has not obtained the current time verification will not be performed irrelevant of this setting In order to perform verification it is necessary to first set up the NTP server Default Value CFG_ROOT_CERTIFICATE_PATH Value Format String Description Specifies the URI of the root certificate Note Changing this setting may require restarting the unit Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 175 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 5 Time Adjust Settings Value Range Max 500 characters Note e The format must be RFC 1738 compliant as follows lt schema gt lt user gt lt password gt lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt lt user gt must be less than 128 characters lt password gt must be less than 128 characters lt user gt lt password gt may be empty The total of lt schema gt and lt host gt lt port gt lt url path gt must be less than 245 characters lt port gt can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number Default Value Empty string 5 4 5 Time Adjust Settings NTP_ADDR Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address or FQDN of the NTP server
281. that the maximum number of necessary ports can be calculated as shown below No of lines x No of channels x 2 x 10 No of terminals Default Value 16000 Web User Interface Reference Minimum RTP Port Number Page 102 RTP_PORT_MAX Value Format Integer Description Specifies the highest port number that the unit will use for RTP packets Note e If port numbers are specified in Channel 1 25 in 4 3 5 3 External RTP Port in the Web user interface this setting is ignored and the corresponding external RTP port is enabled Value Range 1424 49150 even number only Note The value for this setting must be greater than or equal to STE PORT MIN 400 Changing this setting may affect the number of simultaneous calls that can be made Therefore when setting this parameter be aware that the maximum number of necessary ports can be calculated as shown below No of lines x No of channels x 2 x 10 No of terminals Default Value 20000 Web User Interface Reference Maximum RTP Port Number Page 102 RTP_PTIME Value Format Integer 204 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 2 RTP Settings Description Specifies the interval in milliseconds between transmissions of RTP packets Value Range e 20 e 30 e 40 Default Value 20
282. tions of the configuration files are as follows File Format The configuration file is in plain text format File Size The maximum size of a configuration file is 120 KB Regardless of the number of configuration files the total size of the configuration files must be 120 KB or less Lines in Configuration Files A configuration file consists of a sequence of lines with the following conditions e Each line must end with lt CR gt lt LF gt s The maximum length of a line is 537 bytes including lt CR gt lt LF gt The following lines are ignored Lines that exceed the limit of 537 bytes Empty lines Comment lines that start with Configuration files must start with a comment line containing the following designated character sequence 44 bytes Panasonic SIP Phone Standard Format File The hexadecimal notation of this sequence is 23 20 50 61 6E 61 73 6F 6E 69 63 20 53 49 50 20 50 68 6F 6E 65 20 53 74 61 6E 64 61 72 64 20 46 6F 72 6D 61 74 20 46 69 6C 65 20 23 e To prevent the designated character sequence being altered by chance it is recommended that the configuration file starts with the comment line shown below Panasonic SIP Phone Standard Format File DO NOT CHANGE THIS LINE e Configuration files must end with an empty line Each parameter line is written in the form of XXX yyy XXX parameter name yyy parameter value The value must be enclosed by double quotation marks e A paramete
283. to a file 6 1 2 Editing with Microsoft Excel You can edit exported phonebook data on a PC with software such as Microsoft Excel You can then import the phonebook data into units To open the phonebook data on a PC 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 Click Office Button and then Open Note e Make sure to open a TSV file in this procedure If you change the extension of a TSV file to csv the file will open by simply double clicking it However the character encoding of the file might not be recognized properly resulting in garbled characters or the phone numbers might be recognized as numbers resulting in data alteration Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 239 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 6 1 2 Editing with Microsoft Excel 3 Select All Files for the file type select the exported phonebook data file and click Open r 3 Select Data Source EE Look in Ji PhoneBook lQ X a EA Toos A Name Date modified d 4 My Recent Documents Desktop A My Documents dy My Computer rd Fie nene Nensouce My Network e Places Files of type all Files Ca Zi 4 On the Text Import Wizard Step 1 of 3 window click Next ereer Le e The Text Wizard has determined that your data is Delimited If this is correct choose Next or choose the data type that best describes your data Original d
284. tting Example The following screen shows an example of setting flexible buttons Panason KX UT136 Web Port Close Telephone CO Description e Button 1 is set to log in and log out of an ACD group on line 1 e Button 2 is set to enable or disable talking using the headset Status Network System Flexible Button Settings VoIP Telephone Maintenance Flexible Button Settings No Type Parameter Label Name 1 ACD v 1 ACD1 3 Headset e Headset 3 DN v 1 1 DNI 1 4 DN v 11 DNI 2 5 Du x ER DN2 1 E DN v 22 DN2 2 7 One Touch v 0123456789 Office B One Touch 1112223333 Home 9 BLF 301 301 10 BLF v 302 302 11 EI v 303 303 e Buttons 3 and 4 are set to make receive calls on line 1 using ringtone 1 Buttons 5 and 6 are set to make receive calls on line 2 using ringtone 2 Buttons 7 and 8 are set to make calls to a certain destination using the One Touch Dialing feature e Buttons 9 10 and 11 are set to show the status of a certain extension They can also be used to call that extension and transfer calls to it 248 Administrator Guide www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Document Version 2011 06 Section 7 Firmware Update This section explains how to update the firmware of the unit
285. ue Not stored Configuration File Reference FLEX BUTTON LABELX Page 200 4 6 4 Tone Settings This screen allows you to configure the dual tone frequencies and ring tone patterns of each tone Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network Web Port Close Telephone Dial Tone Tone Freguencies Tone Timings Busy Tone Flexible Button Settings Tone Frequencies Tone Settings I Tone Timings Telephone Settings Ringing Tone Tone Frequencies Tone Timings Stutter Tone System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Tone Settings 350 440 600 000 480 620 60 500 500 500 500 440 480 60 2000 4000 2000 4000 Tone Frequencies Tone Timings Reorder Tone 350 440 Tone Frequencies Tone Timings 4 6 4 1 Dial Tone Tone Frequencies 480 620 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Save Cancel Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of dial tones using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Note e Ifthe value for this setting is 350 440 the unit will use a mixed signal of a 350 Hz tone and a 440 Hz tone Default Value 350 440 122 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 6 4 Tone Settings Configuration File Reference DIAL_TO
286. ue Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of call waiting tone 1 Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 CW_TONE1_RPT Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether call waiting tone 1 is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 1 CW_TONE1_ TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of call waiting tone 1 using up to 10 whole numbers on 1 off 1 on 2 off 2 separated by commas Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 120 120 120 120 120 14400 HOLD_TONE_FRQ Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone frequencies in hertz of the hold tone using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 425 HOLD_TONE_GAIN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of the hold tone Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 192 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 HOLD TONE RPT 5 5 2 Tone Settings Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether the hold tone is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 1 HOLD TONE TIMING
287. ue Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Value 560 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 0 100 100 100 100 100 0 Web User Interface Reference Tone Timings Page 124 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 187 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 5 2 Tone Settings BUSY TONE FRO Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the dual tone freguencies in hertz of busy tones using 2 whole numbers separated by a comma Value Range 0 200 2000 0 No tone Default Value 480 620 Web User Interface Reference Tone Frequencies Page 123 BUSY_TONE_GAIN Value Format Integer Description Specifies the gain in decibels of the busy tone Value Range 24 6 Default Value 0 BUSY_TONE_RPT Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether the busy tone is repeated Value Range 0 1 0 No Repeat 1 Repeat Default Value 1 BUSY_TONE_TIMING Value Format Comma separated Integer Description Specifies the pattern in milliseconds of busy tones using up to 10 whole numbers off 1 on 1 off 2 on 2 separated by commas Note e Itis recommended that you set a value of 60 milliseconds or more for the first value off 1 Value Range 0 16000 0 Infinite time Default Va
288. ue Range e Yes e No Default Value No 4 3 5 3 External RTP Port Channel 1 25 Description Specifies the external RTP port number used for voice communication for each channel Note The number of channels available varies depending on the phone being used as follows KX UT113 KX UT123 1 3 KX UT133 KX UT136 1 25 Value Range 0 1024 49150 0 Disable even number only Note e Each channel must be set to a unique port number and all port numbers must be an even number e You cannot specify here the same port number as any of the port numbers specified for the individual lines in Source Port in 4 5 2 5 SIP Source Port In addition you cannot specify a port number that is 1 less than a port number specified in Source Port if the source port number is an odd number All channels must be set to either enable or disable at the same time Default Value Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 81 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 4 2 Administrator Password 4 4 System This section provides detailed descriptions about all the settings classified under the System tab 4 4 1 Web Language This screen allows you to select the language used for the Web user interface The language setting is only applicable when you log in to the Web user interface as User Note If you change the language while logged in to th
289. ue must be less than MAX_DELAY MAX DELAY must be greater than NOM_DELAY Default Value 2 Web User Interface Reference Minimum Delay Page 105 NOM_DELAY_n Parameter Name Example NOM DELAY 1 NOM DELAY 2 NOM DELAY A Value Format Integer Description Specifies the initial delay in 10 millisecond units of the jitter buffer Value Range 1 7 x 10 ms Note e This setting is subject to the following conditions This value must be greater than or equal to MIN_DELAY This value must be less than MAX_DELAY Default Value 2 Web User Interface Reference Initial Delay Page 105 RTP_PORT_MIN Value Format Integer Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 203 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 6 2 RTP Settings Description Specifies the lowest port number that the unit will use for RTP packets Note e If port numbers are specified in Channel 1 25 in 4 3 5 3 External RTP Port in the Web user interface this setting is ignored and the corresponding external RTP port is enabled Value Range 1024 48750 even number only Note The value for this setting must be less than or equal to RTP_PORT_MAx 400 Changing this setting may affect the number of simultaneous calls that can be made Therefore when setting this parameter be aware
290. umber of the STUN server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 3478 Web User Interface Reference STUN Server Port Page 80 STUN_2NDSERV_ADDR Value Format String Description Specifies the IP address of the secondary STUN server Note e This setting is available only when STUN SERV ADDR is specified in IP address notation Value Range IP address in dotted decimal notation Default Value Empty string Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 177 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 7 Miscellaneous Network Settings STUN 2NDSERV PORT Value Format Integer Description Specifies the port number of the secondary STUN server Value Range 1 65535 Default Value 3478 5 4 7 Miscellaneous Network Settings NW SETTING ENABLE Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable the network settings from the unit Note e Ifyou change this setting to N when the network settings with the exception of HOST_NAME in 5 4 1 IP Settings have been made through Web user interface programming clear these settings once by performing Reset Web Settings from the Web user interface and then change this setting to N Value Range e y Enable network settings e N Disable network settings Default Value Y CUSTOM WEB PAGE Value Format Integer Description Specifie
291. und WEE 95 Outbound Proxy Server Address sesse ERA Si EE Ee vae es Ge ER een di De EA Ee GN 95 Outbound Proxy Server Port is Sie Sias kase ek es esse RD See ie es EE aar RA SEE 95 4 5 2 4 SIP Service DOMAIN sssrini ee ee AR ER ee ee ee ee ee EEE EEEE AR AAR EE EE ee ee ee ee 95 Service DOMAIN ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 95 4 5 2 5 SIP Source POM EE EE EE Gases Oe Oe ed ee EE cco ee edie ee ees eee S 95 eli dele EE OE EE EE EO Ie 95 4 5 2 6 SIP Authentication oireeni AA O AA AA RA RR Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 96 Authentication ID 96 Authentication Password 96 4 5 2 7 DNS N EE DE OE E RD EK EA 96 Enable DNS SRV lookup ese ee ee ee ee AR AAR ER Re GE ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ede ee 96 SRV lookup Prefix for UDP ees eek AA AA Re AA RA AR AR ER Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 97 SRV lookup Prefix for TC 97 4 5 2 8 Transport Protocol of SIP iese ee ee AA AA RR Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 97 RE eege te tee EE 97 4 5 2 9 Ru ES Sing eN EE EE OG ORE N EL EEN N Eege 98 Time EE ED DR ER Ee GE EG SE DE Ge DE AE EN Ee eer 98 SCHU GE EE LE EER EE RE DE N 98 Tier ESE RE EE OE De DO ED Ee n Oe OR Ee EE uni Pe ee ee Di EE 98 Eli ER EE EE EO ORE EE EE EET 99 Timer EE 99 Time EE 99 Time ds N OE N sats DR EE EE EE EE EG EE EG N OE 99 4 5 2 10 Quality of Service QOS AE ER N EE OR RE EE 99 SIP Packet QoS DSCP ee riire irinik a Ar EEEE ERa ERa E aana R EEEE ERE 99 4 5 2
292. updates of the configuration files Value Range 1 40320 Default Value 10080 Configuration File Reference CFG CYCLIC INTVL Page 164 Header Value for Resync Event Description Specifies the value of the Event header sent from the SIP server to the unit so that the unit can access the configuration files on the provisioning server Value Range Max 15 characters Note You cannot leave this field empty When the value for this setting is check sync or resync the unit will access the configuration files on the provisioning server when the SIP server sends an event to notify the unit Default Value check sync Configuration File Reference CFG_RESYNC_FROM_SIP Page 165 4 7 4 Management Server This screen allows you to configure the management server Panasonic KX UT136 Status Network System VoIP Telephone Maintenance Management Server Firmware Maintenance Management Server URL Management Server Authentication Fes Maintenance Authentication ID Management Server Reset to Bette Authentication Password 4 7 4 1 Management Server Management Server URL Description Specifies the URL of the Auto Configuration Server for using TR 069 Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 133 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 4 7 5 Reset to Defaults Value Range Max 256 characters De
293. user name Default Value SIP_ANM_HOSTNAME_n Parameter Name Example SIP_ANM HOSTNAME 1 SIP_ANM HOSTNAME 2 SIP_ANM HOSTNAME 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to set an anonymous host name in the From header when making anonymous calls Value Range e y Use anonymous invalid for host name N Use normal host name Default Value N Document Version 2011 06 Administrator Guide 229 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 7 2 SIP Settings SIP DETECT SSAF n Parameter Name Example SIP DETECT SSAF 1 SIP DETECT SSAF_2 SIP DETECT SSAF 4 Value Format Boolean Description Specifies whether to enable SSAF for the SIP servers registrar server proxy server and presence server Value Range Y Enable SSAF e N Disable SSAF Note e If set to Y the unit receives SIP messages only from the source addresses stored in the SIP servers registrar server proxy server and presence server and not from other addresses However if SIP_OUTPROXY_ADDR_n in 5 7 2 SIP Settings is specified the unit also receives SIP messages from the source address stored in the SIP outbound proxy server Default Value N Web User Interface Reference Enable SSAF SIP Source Address Filter Page 101 SIP_CONTACT_ON_ACK_n Parameter Name Example SIP
294. xt string to send as the user agent in the header of HTTP requests 174 Administrator Guide Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 5 4 4 HTTP Settings Value Range Max 40 characters Note An empty string is not allowed If mac is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the unit s MAC address in lower case s If MAC is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the units MAC address in upper case If MODEL is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the unit s model name e H fwver is included in this parameter it will be replaced with the firmware version of the unit Default Value Panasonic_ MODEL fwver mac Web User Interface Reference HTTP User Agent Page 77 HTTP_SSL_VERIFY Value Format Integer Description Specifies whether to enable the verification of the root certificate Value Range 0 No verification of root certificate e 1 Simple verification of root certificate 2 Precise verification of root certificate Note e If set to 0 the verification of the root certificate is disabled e Ifsetto 1 the verification of the root certificate is enabled In this case the validity of the certificate s date certificate s chain and the confirmation of the root certificate will be verified e Ifsetto 2 precise certifica
295. y performing Reset Web ID Password from the unit For details see 3 1 4 Reset Web ID Password 1 1 6 4 Accessing the Web User Interface The unit can be configured from the Web user interface To access the Web user interface 1 Open your Web browser and then enter http followed by the unit s IP address into the address field of your browser Note e To determine the units IP address perform the following operations on the unit 1 Em or E soft button 2 V a Select Information Display ENTER 3 V a Select IP address 4 CANCEL 2 For authentication enter your ID username and password and then click OK Notice e The default ID for the User account is user and the default password is blank The ID cannot be changed from the Web user interface but it can be changed through configuration file programming e When you log in as User to the Web user interface for the first time the Change User Password screen see 4 4 3 Change User Password will be displayed Enter a new password and then perform authentication again with the new password to log in to the Web user interface The default ID for the Administrator account is admin and the default password is adminpass The ID cannot be changed from the Web user interface but it can be changed through configuration file programming 3 The Web user interface window is displayed Configure the settings for the unit as desired 4 You can l
296. ync 132 D DATA LINE MODE 181 Day of Week 88 90 Daylight Saving Time Summer Time 88 Default Gateway 68 73 Default Line for Outgoing 111 DEFAULT_LANGUAGE 195 DEFAULT_LINE_SELECT 181 Detection Interval 79 Detection Method 79 DHCP Server 16 33 159 DHCP Settings 71 DHCP DNS ENABLE 168 Dial Plan 115 242 243 Dial Plan max 500 columns 115 Dial Plan Example 245 Dial Plan Settings 243 Document Version 2011 06 www InternetVoipPhone co uk sales internetvoipphone co uk 0800 088 4846 Index Dial Tone 122 DIAL PLAN n 208 DIAL PLAN NOT MATCH ENABLE n 209 DIAL TONET1 FRO 185 DIAL TONET1 GAIN 185 DIAL TONET1 RPT 185 DIAL TONET1 TIMING 185 DIAL TONE 2 FRO 186 DIAL TONE 2 GAIN 186 DIAL TONE 2 RPT 186 DIAL TONE 2 TIMING 186 DIAL TONE4 FRO 186 DIAL TONE4 GAIN 187 DIAL TONE4 RPT 187 DIAL TONE4 TIMING 187 Direct Call Pickup 112 Direct Commands 52 DISCONNECTION MODE 184 Display Name 113 DISPLAY DATE PATTERN 195 DISPLAY NAME n 208 DISPLAY NAME REPLACE 194 DISPLAY TIME PATTERN 195 DNS 96 DNS Server 17 72 169 DNS Server Settings 17 DNS Settings 17 140 171 DNS_PRIORITY 171 DNS_QRY_PRLL 171 DNS1 68 73 DNS1 ADDR 172 DNS2 69 74 DNS2 ADDR 172 Do Not Disturb 114 117 118 119 210 Domain Name Server 72 Downloading a Configuration File via the Web User Interface 38 Downloading Configuration Files using TR 069 41 DSCP_RTP_n 202 DSCP_SIP_n 217 DST Offset Summer Time Offset 88 DST_ENABL

Panasonic KX-UT113X User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents